diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger')
40 files changed, 0 insertions, 11671 deletions
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/AppConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/AppConfig.h deleted file mode 100644 index fcfcb2590..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/AppConfig.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * \brief Application Configuration Header File - * - * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of - * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to - * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a - * makefile or build system. - * - * For information on what each token does, refer to the - * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation. - */ - -#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_ -#define _APP_CONFIG_H_ - - #define DUMMY_RTC - -#endif diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/LUFAConfig.h deleted file mode 100644 index f7d7e6270..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/LUFAConfig.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File - * - * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options, - * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through - * a makefile. - * - * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA - * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens". - */ - -#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ -#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ - - #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) - - /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */ -// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES - - /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY -// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH - - /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG - #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL) - #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY -// #define USB_HOST_ONLY -// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT -// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS - - /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS - #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS -// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS -// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL - #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8 - #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0 - #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1 -// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE - #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT -// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP -// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER - - /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0 -// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT -// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE - - #else - - #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file. - - #endif -#endif diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.c deleted file mode 100644 index c07a58878..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,257 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special - * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine - * the device's capabilities and functions. - */ - -#include "Descriptors.h" - - -/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the - * USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This - * descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding) - * the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for - * more details on HID report descriptors. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM GenericReport[] = -{ - /* Use the HID class driver's standard Vendor HID report. - * Vendor Usage Page: 1 - * Vendor Collection Usage: 1 - * Vendor Report IN Usage: 2 - * Vendor Report OUT Usage: 3 - * Vendor Report Size: GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE - */ - HID_DESCRIPTOR_VENDOR(0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE) -}; - -/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall - * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the - * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration - * process begins. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor = -{ - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device}, - - .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0), - .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass, - .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass, - .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol, - - .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE, - - .VendorID = 0x03EB, - .ProductID = 0x2063, - .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1), - - .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer, - .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product, - .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL, - - .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS -}; - -/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage - * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces - * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting - * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor = -{ - .Config = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration}, - - .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t), - .TotalInterfaces = 2, - - .ConfigurationNumber = 1, - .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, - - .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED), - - .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100) - }, - - .MS_Interface = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, - - .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage, - .AlternateSetting = 0, - - .TotalEndpoints = 2, - - .Class = MS_CSCP_MassStorageClass, - .SubClass = MS_CSCP_SCSITransparentSubclass, - .Protocol = MS_CSCP_BulkOnlyTransportProtocol, - - .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR - }, - - .MS_DataInEndpoint = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, - - .EndpointAddress = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR, - .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), - .EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE, - .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 - }, - - .MS_DataOutEndpoint = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, - - .EndpointAddress = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR, - .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), - .EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE, - .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 - }, - - .HID_Interface = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, - - .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_HID, - .AlternateSetting = 0, - - .TotalEndpoints = 1, - - .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass, - .SubClass = HID_CSCP_NonBootSubclass, - .Protocol = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol, - - .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR - }, - - .HID_GenericHID = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID}, - - .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1), - .CountryCode = 0x00, - .TotalReportDescriptors = 1, - .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report, - .HIDReportLength = sizeof(GenericReport) - }, - - .HID_ReportINEndpoint = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, - - .EndpointAddress = GENERIC_IN_EPADDR, - .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), - .EndpointSize = GENERIC_EPSIZE, - .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 - }, -}; - -/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests - * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate - * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG); - -/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable - * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device - * Descriptor. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera"); - -/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form, - * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device - * Descriptor. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Temperature Datalogger"); - -/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors" - * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given - * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function - * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the - * USB host. - */ -uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, - const uint16_t wIndex, - const void** const DescriptorAddress) -{ - const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8); - const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF); - - const void* Address = NULL; - uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR; - - switch (DescriptorType) - { - case DTYPE_Device: - Address = &DeviceDescriptor; - Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t); - break; - case DTYPE_Configuration: - Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor; - Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t); - break; - case DTYPE_String: - switch (DescriptorNumber) - { - case STRING_ID_Language: - Address = &LanguageString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size); - break; - case STRING_ID_Manufacturer: - Address = &ManufacturerString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size); - break; - case STRING_ID_Product: - Address = &ProductString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size); - break; - } - - break; - case HID_DTYPE_HID: - Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_GenericHID; - Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t); - break; - case HID_DTYPE_Report: - Address = &GenericReport; - Size = sizeof(GenericReport); - break; - } - - *DescriptorAddress = Address; - return Size; -} - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.h deleted file mode 100644 index ffbd65d46..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,87 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_ -#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/pgmspace.h> - - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - - #include "TempDataLogger.h" - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - /* Macros: */ - /** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */ - #define MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3) - - /** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */ - #define MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4) - - /** Size in bytes of the Mass Storage data endpoints. */ - #define MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE 64 - - /** Endpoint address of the Generic HID reporting IN endpoint. */ - #define GENERIC_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1) - - /** Size in bytes of the Generic HID reporting endpoint. */ - #define GENERIC_EPSIZE 16 - - /** Size in bytes of the Generic HID reports (including report ID byte). */ - #define GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE sizeof(Device_Report_t) - - /* Type Defines: */ - /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the - * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which - * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host. - */ - typedef struct - { - USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config; - - // Mass Storage Interface - USB_Descriptor_Interface_t MS_Interface; - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataInEndpoint; - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataOutEndpoint; - - // Settings Management Generic HID Interface - USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface; - USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID_GenericHID; - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint; - } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t; - - /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor - * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the - * interface from other descriptors. - */ - enum InterfaceDescriptors_t - { - INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage = 0, /**< Mass storage interface descriptor ID */ - INTERFACE_ID_HID = 1, /**< HID interface descriptor ID */ - }; - - /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should - * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from - * other descriptors. - */ - enum StringDescriptors_t - { - STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */ - STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */ - STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */ - }; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, - const uint16_t wIndex, - const void** const DescriptorAddress) - ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); - -#endif - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.c deleted file mode 100644 index b1111ce39..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,534 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Functions to manage the physical Dataflash media, including reading and writing of - * blocks of data. These functions are called by the SCSI layer when data must be stored - * or retrieved to/from the physical storage media. If a different media is used (such - * as a SD card or EEPROM), functions similar to these will need to be generated. - */ - -#define INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASHMANAGER_C -#include "DataflashManager.h" - -/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from - * the pre-selected data OUT endpoint. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the endpoint and writes - * them to the Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks. - * - * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state - * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the write sequence - * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to write - */ -void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, - const uint32_t BlockAddress, - uint16_t TotalBlocks) -{ - uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); - uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); - uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4); - bool UsingSecondBuffer = false; - - /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */ - Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); - -#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) - /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */ - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); -#endif - - /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */ - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte); - - /* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */ - if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) - return; - - while (TotalBlocks) - { - uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0; - - /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */ - while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) - { - /* Check if the endpoint is currently empty */ - if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())) - { - /* Clear the current endpoint bank */ - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - - /* Wait until the host has sent another packet */ - if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) - return; - } - - /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */ - if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) - { - /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */ - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); - Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); - - /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */ - CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0; - CurrDFPage++; - - /* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */ - if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)) - UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer); - - /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */ - Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); - -#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) - /* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */ - if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) - { - /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */ - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); - Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); - } -#endif - - /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */ - Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0); - } - - /* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */ - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - - /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */ - CurrDFPageByteDiv16++; - - /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */ - BytesInBlockDiv16++; - - /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */ - if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset) - return; - } - - /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */ - TotalBlocks--; - } - - /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */ - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); - Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00); - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); - - /* If the endpoint is empty, clear it ready for the next packet from the host */ - if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())) - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - - /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */ - Dataflash_DeselectChip(); -} - -/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into - * the pre-selected data IN endpoint. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash - * and writes them in OS sized blocks to the endpoint. - * - * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state - * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the read sequence - * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to read - */ -void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, - const uint32_t BlockAddress, - uint16_t TotalBlocks) -{ - uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); - uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); - uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4); - - /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */ - Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); - - /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */ - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - - /* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */ - if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) - return; - - while (TotalBlocks) - { - uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0; - - /* Read an endpoint packet sized data block from the Dataflash */ - while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) - { - /* Check if the endpoint is currently full */ - if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())) - { - /* Clear the endpoint bank to send its contents to the host */ - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - - /* Wait until the endpoint is ready for more data */ - if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) - return; - } - - /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */ - if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) - { - /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */ - CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0; - CurrDFPage++; - - /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */ - Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); - - /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */ - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - } - - /* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */ - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - - /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */ - CurrDFPageByteDiv16++; - - /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */ - BytesInBlockDiv16++; - - /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */ - if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset) - return; - } - - /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */ - TotalBlocks--; - } - - /* If the endpoint is full, send its contents to the host */ - if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())) - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - - /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */ - Dataflash_DeselectChip(); -} - -/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from - * the given RAM buffer. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the buffer and writes them to the - * Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks. This can be linked to FAT libraries to write files to the - * Dataflash. - * - * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the write sequence - * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to write - * \param[in] BufferPtr Pointer to the data source RAM buffer - */ -void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, - uint16_t TotalBlocks, - const uint8_t* BufferPtr) -{ - uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); - uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); - uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4); - bool UsingSecondBuffer = false; - - /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */ - Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); - -#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) - /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */ - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); -#endif - - /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */ - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte); - - while (TotalBlocks) - { - uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0; - - /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */ - while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) - { - /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */ - if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) - { - /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */ - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); - Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); - - /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */ - CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0; - CurrDFPage++; - - /* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */ - if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)) - UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer); - - /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */ - Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); - -#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) - /* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */ - if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) - { - /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */ - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); - Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); - } -#endif - - /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */ - Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(); - Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0); - } - - /* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */ - for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++) - Dataflash_SendByte(*(BufferPtr++)); - - /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */ - CurrDFPageByteDiv16++; - - /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */ - BytesInBlockDiv16++; - } - - /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */ - TotalBlocks--; - } - - /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */ - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); - Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00); - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); - - /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */ - Dataflash_DeselectChip(); -} - -/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into - * the preallocated RAM buffer. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash - * and writes them in OS sized blocks to the given buffer. This can be linked to FAT libraries to read - * the files stored on the Dataflash. - * - * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the read sequence - * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to read - * \param[out] BufferPtr Pointer to the data destination RAM buffer - */ -void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, - uint16_t TotalBlocks, - uint8_t* BufferPtr) -{ - uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); - uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); - uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4); - - /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */ - Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); - - /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */ - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - - while (TotalBlocks) - { - uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0; - - /* Read an endpoint packet sized data block from the Dataflash */ - while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) - { - /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */ - if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) - { - /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */ - CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0; - CurrDFPage++; - - /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */ - Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); - - /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */ - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - } - - /* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */ - for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++) - *(BufferPtr++) = Dataflash_ReceiveByte(); - - /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */ - CurrDFPageByteDiv16++; - - /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */ - BytesInBlockDiv16++; - } - - /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */ - TotalBlocks--; - } - - /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */ - Dataflash_DeselectChip(); -} - -/** Disables the Dataflash memory write protection bits on the board Dataflash ICs, if enabled. */ -void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void) -{ - /* Select first Dataflash chip, send the read status register command */ - Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1); - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS); - - /* Check if sector protection is enabled */ - if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON) - { - Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(); - - /* Send the commands to disable sector protection */ - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]); - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]); - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]); - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]); - } - - /* Select second Dataflash chip (if present on selected board), send read status register command */ - #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2) - Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2); - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS); - - /* Check if sector protection is enabled */ - if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON) - { - Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(); - - /* Send the commands to disable sector protection */ - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]); - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]); - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]); - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]); - } - #endif - - /* Deselect current Dataflash chip */ - Dataflash_DeselectChip(); -} - -/** Performs a simple test on the attached Dataflash IC(s) to ensure that they are working. - * - * \return Boolean \c true if all media chips are working, \c false otherwise - */ -bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void) -{ - uint8_t ReturnByte; - - /* Test first Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */ - Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1); - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO); - ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte(); - Dataflash_DeselectChip(); - - /* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */ - if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL) - return false; - - #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2) - /* Test second Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */ - Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2); - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO); - ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte(); - Dataflash_DeselectChip(); - - /* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */ - if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL) - return false; - #endif - - return true; -} - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.h deleted file mode 100644 index f0feeb67b..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for DataflashManager.c. - */ - -#ifndef _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_ -#define _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - - #include "../TempDataLogger.h" - #include "../Descriptors.h" - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h> - - /* Preprocessor Checks: */ - #if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE % 16) - #error Dataflash page size must be a multiple of 16 bytes. - #endif - - /* Defines: */ - /** Total number of bytes of the storage medium, comprised of one or more Dataflash ICs. */ - #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES ((uint32_t)DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - - /** Block size of the device. This is kept at 512 to remain compatible with the OS despite the underlying - * storage media (Dataflash) using a different native block size. Do not change this value. - */ - #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE 512 - - /** Total number of blocks of the virtual memory for reporting to the host as the device's total capacity. Do not - * change this value; change VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES instead to alter the media size. - */ - #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES / VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, - const uint32_t BlockAddress, - uint16_t TotalBlocks); - void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, - const uint32_t BlockAddress, - uint16_t TotalBlocks); - void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, - uint16_t TotalBlocks, - const uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); - void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, - uint16_t TotalBlocks, - uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); - void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void); - bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void); - -#endif - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 80d8843d1..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,135 +0,0 @@ -FatFs Module Source Files R0.09a (C)ChaN, 2012 - - -FILES - - ffconf.h Configuration file for FatFs module. - ff.h Common include file for FatFs and application module. - ff.c FatFs module. - diskio.h Common include file for FatFs and disk I/O module. - diskio.c An example of glue function to attach existing disk I/O module to FatFs. - integer.h Integer type definitions for FatFs. - option Optional external functions. - - Low level disk I/O module is not included in this archive because the FatFs - module is only a generic file system layer and not depend on any specific - storage device. You have to provide a low level disk I/O module that written - to control your storage device. - - - -AGREEMENTS - - FatFs module is an open source software to implement FAT file system to - small embedded systems. This is a free software and is opened for education, - research and commercial developments under license policy of following trems. - - Copyright (C) 2012, ChaN, all right reserved. - - * The FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY. - * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for - personal, non-profit or commercial product UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY. - * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice. - - - -REVISION HISTORY - - Feb 26, 2006 R0.00 Prototype - - Apr 29, 2006 R0.01 First release. - - Jun 01, 2006 R0.02 Added FAT12. - Removed unbuffered mode. - Fixed a problem on small (<32M) patition. - - Jun 10, 2006 R0.02a Added a configuration option _FS_MINIMUM. - - Sep 22, 2006 R0.03 Added f_rename. - Changed option _FS_MINIMUM to _FS_MINIMIZE. - - Dec 11, 2006 R0.03a Improved cluster scan algolithm to write files fast. - Fixed f_mkdir creates incorrect directory on FAT32. - - Feb 04, 2007 R0.04 Supported multiple drive system. (FatFs) - Changed some APIs for multiple drive system. - Added f_mkfs. (FatFs) - Added _USE_FAT32 option. (Tiny-FatFs) - - Apr 01, 2007 R0.04a Supported multiple partitions on a plysical drive. (FatFs) - Fixed an endian sensitive code in f_mkfs. (FatFs) - Added a capability of extending the file size to f_lseek. - Added minimization level 3. - Fixed a problem that can collapse a sector when recreate an - existing file in any sub-directory at non FAT32 cfg. (Tiny-FatFs) - - May 05, 2007 R0.04b Added _USE_NTFLAG option. - Added FSInfo support. - Fixed some problems corresponds to FAT32. (Tiny-FatFs) - Fixed DBCS name can result FR_INVALID_NAME. - Fixed short seek (0 < ofs <= csize) collapses the file object. - - Aug 25, 2007 R0.05 Changed arguments of f_read, f_write. - Changed arguments of f_mkfs. (FatFs) - Fixed f_mkfs on FAT32 creates incorrect FSInfo. (FatFs) - Fixed f_mkdir on FAT32 creates incorrect directory. (FatFs) - - Feb 03, 2008 R0.05a Added f_truncate(). - Added f_utime(). - Fixed off by one error at FAT sub-type determination. - Fixed btr in f_read() can be mistruncated. - Fixed cached sector is not flushed when create and close without write. - - Apr 01, 2008 R0.06 Added f_forward(). (Tiny-FatFs) - Added string functions: fputc(), fputs(), fprintf() and fgets(). - Improved performance of f_lseek() on move to the same or following cluster. - - Apr 01, 2009, R0.07 Merged Tiny-FatFs as a buffer configuration option. - Added long file name support. - Added multiple code page support. - Added re-entrancy for multitask operation. - Added auto cluster size selection to f_mkfs(). - Added rewind option to f_readdir(). - Changed result code of critical errors. - Renamed string functions to avoid name collision. - - Apr 14, 2009, R0.07a Separated out OS dependent code on reentrant cfg. - Added multiple sector size support. - - Jun 21, 2009, R0.07c Fixed f_unlink() may return FR_OK on error. - Fixed wrong cache control in f_lseek(). - Added relative path feature. - Added f_chdir(). - Added f_chdrive(). - Added proper case conversion for extended characters. - - Nov 03, 2009 R0.07e Separated out configuration options from ff.h to ffconf.h. - Added a configuration option, _LFN_UNICODE. - Fixed f_unlink() fails to remove a sub-dir on _FS_RPATH. - Fixed name matching error on the 13 char boundary. - Changed f_readdir() to return the SFN with always upper case on non-LFN cfg. - - May 15, 2010, R0.08 Added a memory configuration option. (_USE_LFN) - Added file lock feature. (_FS_SHARE) - Added fast seek feature. (_USE_FASTSEEK) - Changed some types on the API, XCHAR->TCHAR. - Changed fname member in the FILINFO structure on Unicode cfg. - String functions support UTF-8 encoding files on Unicode cfg. - - Aug 16,'10 R0.08a Added f_getcwd(). (_FS_RPATH = 2) - Added sector erase feature. (_USE_ERASE) - Moved file lock semaphore table from fs object to the bss. - Fixed a wrong directory entry is created on non-LFN cfg when the given name contains ';'. - Fixed f_mkfs() creates wrong FAT32 volume. - - Jan 15,'11 R0.08b Fast seek feature is also applied to f_read() and f_write(). - f_lseek() reports required table size on creating CLMP. - Extended format syntax of f_printf function. - Ignores duplicated directory separators in given path names. - - Sep 06,'11 R0.09 f_mkfs() supports multiple partition to finish the multiple partition feature. - Added f_fdisk(). (_MULTI_PARTITION = 2) - - Aug 27,'12 R0.09a Fixed assertion failure due to OS/2 EA on FAT12/16. - Changed API rejects null object pointer to avoid crash. - Changed option name _FS_SHARE to _FS_LOCK. diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c deleted file mode 100644 index 8cc8cd404..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,98 +0,0 @@ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Low level disk I/O module skeleton for FatFs (C)ChaN, 2007 */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* This is a stub disk I/O module that acts as front end of the existing */ -/* disk I/O modules and attach it to FatFs module with common interface. */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#include "diskio.h" - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Initialize a Drive */ - -DSTATUS disk_initialize ( - BYTE drv /* Physical drive number (0..) */ -) -{ - return FR_OK; -} - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Return Disk Status */ - -DSTATUS disk_status ( - BYTE drv /* Physical drive number (0..) */ -) -{ - return FR_OK; -} - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Read Sector(s) */ - -DRESULT disk_read ( - BYTE drv, /* Physical drive number (0..) */ - BYTE *buff, /* Data buffer to store read data */ - DWORD sector, /* Sector address (LBA) */ - BYTE count /* Number of sectors to read (1..128) */ -) -{ - DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(sector, count, buff); - return RES_OK; -} - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Write Sector(s) */ - -#if _READONLY == 0 -DRESULT disk_write ( - BYTE drv, /* Physical drive number (0..) */ - const BYTE *buff, /* Data to be written */ - DWORD sector, /* Sector address (LBA) */ - BYTE count /* Number of sectors to write (1..128) */ -) -{ - DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(sector, count, buff); - return RES_OK; -} -#endif /* _READONLY */ - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Miscellaneous Functions */ - -DRESULT disk_ioctl ( - BYTE drv, /* Physical drive number (0..) */ - BYTE ctrl, /* Control code */ - void *buff /* Buffer to send/receive control data */ -) -{ - if (ctrl == CTRL_SYNC) - return RES_OK; - else - return RES_PARERR; -} - - -DWORD get_fattime (void) -{ - TimeDate_t CurrTimeDate; - - RTC_GetTimeDate(&CurrTimeDate); - - - return ((DWORD)(20 + CurrTimeDate.Year) << 25) | - ((DWORD)CurrTimeDate.Month << 21) | - ((DWORD)CurrTimeDate.Day << 16) | - ((DWORD)CurrTimeDate.Hour << 11) | - ((DWORD)CurrTimeDate.Minute << 5) | - (((DWORD)CurrTimeDate.Second >> 1) << 0); -} - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h deleted file mode 100644 index d3c3149a5..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,55 +0,0 @@ -/*----------------------------------------------------------------------- -/ Low level disk interface module include file -/-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#ifndef _DISKIO_DEFINED -#define _DISKIO_DEFINED - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -#include "integer.h" - -#include "../DataflashManager.h" - - -/* Status of Disk Functions */ -typedef BYTE DSTATUS; - -/* Results of Disk Functions */ -typedef enum { - RES_OK = 0, /* 0: Successful */ - RES_ERROR, /* 1: R/W Error */ - RES_WRPRT, /* 2: Write Protected */ - RES_NOTRDY, /* 3: Not Ready */ - RES_PARERR /* 4: Invalid Parameter */ -} DRESULT; - - -/*---------------------------------------*/ -/* Prototypes for disk control functions */ - -DSTATUS disk_initialize (BYTE); -DSTATUS disk_status (BYTE); -DRESULT disk_read (BYTE, BYTE*, DWORD, BYTE); -#if _READONLY == 0 -DRESULT disk_write (BYTE, const BYTE*, DWORD, BYTE); -#endif -DRESULT disk_ioctl (BYTE, BYTE, void*); - - -/* Disk Status Bits (DSTATUS) */ - -#define STA_NOINIT 0x01 /* Drive not initialized */ -#define STA_NODISK 0x02 /* No medium in the drive */ -#define STA_PROTECT 0x04 /* Write protected */ - -/* Generic command */ -#define CTRL_SYNC 0 /* Mandatory for write functions */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.c deleted file mode 100644 index 059b5885a..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4139 +0,0 @@ -/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------/ -/ FatFs - FAT file system module R0.09a (C)ChaN, 2012 -/-----------------------------------------------------------------------------/ -/ FatFs module is a generic FAT file system module for small embedded systems. -/ This is a free software that opened for education, research and commercial -/ developments under license policy of following terms. -/ -/ Copyright (C) 2012, ChaN, all right reserved. -/ -/ * The FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY. -/ * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for -/ personal, non-profit or commercial products UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY. -/ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice. -/ -/-----------------------------------------------------------------------------/ -/ Feb 26,'06 R0.00 Prototype. -/ -/ Apr 29,'06 R0.01 First stable version. -/ -/ Jun 01,'06 R0.02 Added FAT12 support. -/ Removed unbuffered mode. -/ Fixed a problem on small (<32M) partition. -/ Jun 10,'06 R0.02a Added a configuration option (_FS_MINIMUM). -/ -/ Sep 22,'06 R0.03 Added f_rename(). -/ Changed option _FS_MINIMUM to _FS_MINIMIZE. -/ Dec 11,'06 R0.03a Improved cluster scan algorithm to write files fast. -/ Fixed f_mkdir() creates incorrect directory on FAT32. -/ -/ Feb 04,'07 R0.04 Supported multiple drive system. -/ Changed some interfaces for multiple drive system. -/ Changed f_mountdrv() to f_mount(). -/ Added f_mkfs(). -/ Apr 01,'07 R0.04a Supported multiple partitions on a physical drive. -/ Added a capability of extending file size to f_lseek(). -/ Added minimization level 3. -/ Fixed an endian sensitive code in f_mkfs(). -/ May 05,'07 R0.04b Added a configuration option _USE_NTFLAG. -/ Added FSInfo support. -/ Fixed DBCS name can result FR_INVALID_NAME. -/ Fixed short seek (<= csize) collapses the file object. -/ -/ Aug 25,'07 R0.05 Changed arguments of f_read(), f_write() and f_mkfs(). -/ Fixed f_mkfs() on FAT32 creates incorrect FSInfo. -/ Fixed f_mkdir() on FAT32 creates incorrect directory. -/ Feb 03,'08 R0.05a Added f_truncate() and f_utime(). -/ Fixed off by one error at FAT sub-type determination. -/ Fixed btr in f_read() can be mistruncated. -/ Fixed cached sector is not flushed when create and close without write. -/ -/ Apr 01,'08 R0.06 Added fputc(), fputs(), fprintf() and fgets(). -/ Improved performance of f_lseek() on moving to the same or following cluster. -/ -/ Apr 01,'09 R0.07 Merged Tiny-FatFs as a configuration option. (_FS_TINY) -/ Added long file name feature. -/ Added multiple code page feature. -/ Added re-entrancy for multitask operation. -/ Added auto cluster size selection to f_mkfs(). -/ Added rewind option to f_readdir(). -/ Changed result code of critical errors. -/ Renamed string functions to avoid name collision. -/ Apr 14,'09 R0.07a Separated out OS dependent code on reentrant cfg. -/ Added multiple sector size feature. -/ Jun 21,'09 R0.07c Fixed f_unlink() can return FR_OK on error. -/ Fixed wrong cache control in f_lseek(). -/ Added relative path feature. -/ Added f_chdir() and f_chdrive(). -/ Added proper case conversion to extended char. -/ Nov 03,'09 R0.07e Separated out configuration options from ff.h to ffconf.h. -/ Fixed f_unlink() fails to remove a sub-dir on _FS_RPATH. -/ Fixed name matching error on the 13 char boundary. -/ Added a configuration option, _LFN_UNICODE. -/ Changed f_readdir() to return the SFN with always upper case on non-LFN cfg. -/ -/ May 15,'10 R0.08 Added a memory configuration option. (_USE_LFN = 3) -/ Added file lock feature. (_FS_SHARE) -/ Added fast seek feature. (_USE_FASTSEEK) -/ Changed some types on the API, XCHAR->TCHAR. -/ Changed fname member in the FILINFO structure on Unicode cfg. -/ String functions support UTF-8 encoding files on Unicode cfg. -/ Aug 16,'10 R0.08a Added f_getcwd(). (_FS_RPATH = 2) -/ Added sector erase feature. (_USE_ERASE) -/ Moved file lock semaphore table from fs object to the bss. -/ Fixed a wrong directory entry is created on non-LFN cfg when the given name contains ';'. -/ Fixed f_mkfs() creates wrong FAT32 volume. -/ Jan 15,'11 R0.08b Fast seek feature is also applied to f_read() and f_write(). -/ f_lseek() reports required table size on creating CLMP. -/ Extended format syntax of f_printf function. -/ Ignores duplicated directory separators in given path name. -/ -/ Sep 06,'11 R0.09 f_mkfs() supports multiple partition to finish the multiple partition feature. -/ Added f_fdisk(). (_MULTI_PARTITION = 2) -/ Aug 27,'12 R0.09a Fixed assertion failure due to OS/2 EA on FAT12/16 volume. -/ Changed f_open() and f_opendir reject null object pointer to avoid crash. -/ Changed option name _FS_SHARE to _FS_LOCK. -/---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#include "ff.h" /* FatFs configurations and declarations */ -#include "diskio.h" /* Declarations of low level disk I/O functions */ - - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - Module Private Definitions - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if _FATFS != 4004 /* Revision ID */ -#error Wrong include file (ff.h). -#endif - - -/* Definitions on sector size */ -#if _MAX_SS != 512 && _MAX_SS != 1024 && _MAX_SS != 2048 && _MAX_SS != 4096 -#error Wrong sector size. -#endif -#if _MAX_SS != 512 -#define SS(fs) ((fs)->ssize) /* Variable sector size */ -#else -#define SS(fs) 512U /* Fixed sector size */ -#endif - - -/* Reentrancy related */ -#if _FS_REENTRANT -#if _USE_LFN == 1 -#error Static LFN work area must not be used in re-entrant configuration. -#endif -#define ENTER_FF(fs) { if (!lock_fs(fs)) return FR_TIMEOUT; } -#define LEAVE_FF(fs, res) { unlock_fs(fs, res); return res; } -#else -#define ENTER_FF(fs) -#define LEAVE_FF(fs, res) return res -#endif - -#define ABORT(fs, res) { fp->flag |= FA__ERROR; LEAVE_FF(fs, res); } - - -/* File access control feature */ -#if _FS_LOCK -#if _FS_READONLY -#error _FS_LOCK must be 0 on read-only cfg. -#endif -typedef struct { - FATFS *fs; /* File ID 1, volume (NULL:blank entry) */ - DWORD clu; /* File ID 2, directory */ - WORD idx; /* File ID 3, directory index */ - WORD ctr; /* File open counter, 0:none, 0x01..0xFF:read open count, 0x100:write mode */ -} FILESEM; -#endif - - - -/* DBCS code ranges and SBCS extend char conversion table */ - -#if _CODE_PAGE == 932 /* Japanese Shift-JIS */ -#define _DF1S 0x81 /* DBC 1st byte range 1 start */ -#define _DF1E 0x9F /* DBC 1st byte range 1 end */ -#define _DF2S 0xE0 /* DBC 1st byte range 2 start */ -#define _DF2E 0xFC /* DBC 1st byte range 2 end */ -#define _DS1S 0x40 /* DBC 2nd byte range 1 start */ -#define _DS1E 0x7E /* DBC 2nd byte range 1 end */ -#define _DS2S 0x80 /* DBC 2nd byte range 2 start */ -#define _DS2E 0xFC /* DBC 2nd byte range 2 end */ - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 936 /* Simplified Chinese GBK */ -#define _DF1S 0x81 -#define _DF1E 0xFE -#define _DS1S 0x40 -#define _DS1E 0x7E -#define _DS2S 0x80 -#define _DS2E 0xFE - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 949 /* Korean */ -#define _DF1S 0x81 -#define _DF1E 0xFE -#define _DS1S 0x41 -#define _DS1E 0x5A -#define _DS2S 0x61 -#define _DS2E 0x7A -#define _DS3S 0x81 -#define _DS3E 0xFE - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 950 /* Traditional Chinese Big5 */ -#define _DF1S 0x81 -#define _DF1E 0xFE -#define _DS1S 0x40 -#define _DS1E 0x7E -#define _DS2S 0xA1 -#define _DS2E 0xFE - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 437 /* U.S. (OEM) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0x41,0x8E,0x41,0x8F,0x80,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x49,0x49,0x49,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x4F,0x99,0x4F,0x55,0x55,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0x41,0x49,0x4F,0x55,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 720 /* Arabic (OEM) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x45,0x41,0x84,0x41,0x86,0x43,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x49,0x49,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x49,0x49,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 737 /* Greek (OEM) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87, \ - 0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0xAA,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0x97,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xE4,0xED,0xEE,0xE7,0xE8,0xF1,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 775 /* Baltic (OEM) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x91,0xA0,0x8E,0x95,0x8F,0x80,0xAD,0xED,0x8A,0x8A,0xA1,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xA0,0xA1,0xE0,0xA3,0xA3,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xBD,0xBE,0xC6,0xC7,0xA5,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE3,0xE8,0xE8,0xEA,0xEA,0xEE,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 850 /* Multilingual Latin 1 (OEM) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0xDE,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE7,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 852 /* Latin 2 (OEM) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xDE,0x8F,0x80,0x9D,0xD3,0x8A,0x8A,0xD7,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x91,0xE2,0x99,0x95,0x95,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9B,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA4,0xA4,0xA6,0xA6,0xA8,0xA8,0xAA,0x8D,0xAC,0xB8,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBD,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC6,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD2,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xB7,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE3,0xD5,0xE6,0xE6,0xE8,0xE9,0xE8,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xDD,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xEB,0xFC,0xFC,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 855 /* Cyrillic (OEM) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x81,0x81,0x83,0x83,0x85,0x85,0x87,0x87,0x89,0x89,0x8B,0x8B,0x8D,0x8D,0x8F,0x8F,0x91,0x91,0x93,0x93,0x95,0x95,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x99,0x9B,0x9B,0x9D,0x9D,0x9F,0x9F, \ - 0xA1,0xA1,0xA3,0xA3,0xA5,0xA5,0xA7,0xA7,0xA9,0xA9,0xAB,0xAB,0xAD,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB6,0xB6,0xB8,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBE,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD3,0xD3,0xD5,0xD5,0xD7,0xD7,0xDD,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xE0,0xDF, \ - 0xE0,0xE2,0xE2,0xE4,0xE4,0xE6,0xE6,0xE8,0xE8,0xEA,0xEA,0xEC,0xEC,0xEE,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF2,0xF2,0xF4,0xF4,0xF6,0xF6,0xF8,0xF8,0xFA,0xFA,0xFC,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 857 /* Turkish (OEM) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0x98,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9E, \ - 0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA6,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xDE,0x59,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 858 /* Multilingual Latin 1 + Euro (OEM) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0xDE,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE7,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 862 /* Hebrew (OEM) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0x41,0x49,0x4F,0x55,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 866 /* Russian (OEM) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x9d,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F,0xF0,0xF0,0xF2,0xF2,0xF4,0xF4,0xF6,0xF6,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 874 /* Thai (OEM, Windows) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1250 /* Central Europe (Windows) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F, \ - 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xA3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xA5,0xAA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBC,0xAF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1251 /* Cyrillic (Windows) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x82,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x80,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F, \ - 0xA0,0xA2,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB2,0xA5,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xA8,0xB9,0xAA,0xBB,0xA3,0xBD,0xBD,0xAF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1252 /* Latin 1 (Windows) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0xAd,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0xAE,0x9F, \ - 0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0x9F} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1253 /* Greek (Windows) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xA2,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA, \ - 0xE0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xF2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xFB,0xBC,0xFD,0xBF,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1254 /* Turkish (Windows) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0x9F} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1255 /* Hebrew (Windows) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1256 /* Arabic (Windows) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0x41,0xE1,0x41,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0x43,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x45,0xEC,0xED,0x49,0x49,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0x4F,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0x55,0xFA,0x55,0x55,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1257 /* Baltic (Windows) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xA8,0xB9,0xAA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xAF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1258 /* Vietnam (OEM, Windows) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0xAC,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xEC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xF2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xFE,0x9F} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1 /* ASCII (for only non-LFN cfg) */ -#if _USE_LFN -#error Cannot use LFN feature without valid code page. -#endif -#define _DF1S 0 - -#else -#error Unknown code page - -#endif - - -/* Character code support macros */ -#define IsUpper(c) (((c)>='A')&&((c)<='Z')) -#define IsLower(c) (((c)>='a')&&((c)<='z')) -#define IsDigit(c) (((c)>='0')&&((c)<='9')) - -#if _DF1S /* Code page is DBCS */ - -#ifdef _DF2S /* Two 1st byte areas */ -#define IsDBCS1(c) (((BYTE)(c) >= _DF1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DF2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF2E)) -#else /* One 1st byte area */ -#define IsDBCS1(c) ((BYTE)(c) >= _DF1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF1E) -#endif - -#ifdef _DS3S /* Three 2nd byte areas */ -#define IsDBCS2(c) (((BYTE)(c) >= _DS1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS2E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS3S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS3E)) -#else /* Two 2nd byte areas */ -#define IsDBCS2(c) (((BYTE)(c) >= _DS1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS2E)) -#endif - -#else /* Code page is SBCS */ - -#define IsDBCS1(c) 0 -#define IsDBCS2(c) 0 - -#endif /* _DF1S */ - - -/* Name status flags */ -#define NS 11 /* Index of name status byte in fn[] */ -#define NS_LOSS 0x01 /* Out of 8.3 format */ -#define NS_LFN 0x02 /* Force to create LFN entry */ -#define NS_LAST 0x04 /* Last segment */ -#define NS_BODY 0x08 /* Lower case flag (body) */ -#define NS_EXT 0x10 /* Lower case flag (ext) */ -#define NS_DOT 0x20 /* Dot entry */ - - -/* FAT sub-type boundaries */ -/* Note that the FAT spec by Microsoft says 4085 but Windows works with 4087! */ -#define MIN_FAT16 4086 /* Minimum number of clusters for FAT16 */ -#define MIN_FAT32 65526 /* Minimum number of clusters for FAT32 */ - - -/* FatFs refers the members in the FAT structures as byte array instead of -/ structure member because the structure is not binary compatible between -/ different platforms */ - -#define BS_jmpBoot 0 /* Jump instruction (3) */ -#define BS_OEMName 3 /* OEM name (8) */ -#define BPB_BytsPerSec 11 /* Sector size [byte] (2) */ -#define BPB_SecPerClus 13 /* Cluster size [sector] (1) */ -#define BPB_RsvdSecCnt 14 /* Size of reserved area [sector] (2) */ -#define BPB_NumFATs 16 /* Number of FAT copies (1) */ -#define BPB_RootEntCnt 17 /* Number of root dir entries for FAT12/16 (2) */ -#define BPB_TotSec16 19 /* Volume size [sector] (2) */ -#define BPB_Media 21 /* Media descriptor (1) */ -#define BPB_FATSz16 22 /* FAT size [sector] (2) */ -#define BPB_SecPerTrk 24 /* Track size [sector] (2) */ -#define BPB_NumHeads 26 /* Number of heads (2) */ -#define BPB_HiddSec 28 /* Number of special hidden sectors (4) */ -#define BPB_TotSec32 32 /* Volume size [sector] (4) */ -#define BS_DrvNum 36 /* Physical drive number (2) */ -#define BS_BootSig 38 /* Extended boot signature (1) */ -#define BS_VolID 39 /* Volume serial number (4) */ -#define BS_VolLab 43 /* Volume label (8) */ -#define BS_FilSysType 54 /* File system type (1) */ -#define BPB_FATSz32 36 /* FAT size [sector] (4) */ -#define BPB_ExtFlags 40 /* Extended flags (2) */ -#define BPB_FSVer 42 /* File system version (2) */ -#define BPB_RootClus 44 /* Root dir first cluster (4) */ -#define BPB_FSInfo 48 /* Offset of FSInfo sector (2) */ -#define BPB_BkBootSec 50 /* Offset of backup boot sector (2) */ -#define BS_DrvNum32 64 /* Physical drive number (2) */ -#define BS_BootSig32 66 /* Extended boot signature (1) */ -#define BS_VolID32 67 /* Volume serial number (4) */ -#define BS_VolLab32 71 /* Volume label (8) */ -#define BS_FilSysType32 82 /* File system type (1) */ -#define FSI_LeadSig 0 /* FSI: Leading signature (4) */ -#define FSI_StrucSig 484 /* FSI: Structure signature (4) */ -#define FSI_Free_Count 488 /* FSI: Number of free clusters (4) */ -#define FSI_Nxt_Free 492 /* FSI: Last allocated cluster (4) */ -#define MBR_Table 446 /* MBR: Partition table offset (2) */ -#define SZ_PTE 16 /* MBR: Size of a partition table entry */ -#define BS_55AA 510 /* Boot sector signature (2) */ - -#define DIR_Name 0 /* Short file name (11) */ -#define DIR_Attr 11 /* Attribute (1) */ -#define DIR_NTres 12 /* NT flag (1) */ -#define DIR_CrtTimeTenth 13 /* Created time sub-second (1) */ -#define DIR_CrtTime 14 /* Created time (2) */ -#define DIR_CrtDate 16 /* Created date (2) */ -#define DIR_LstAccDate 18 /* Last accessed date (2) */ -#define DIR_FstClusHI 20 /* Higher 16-bit of first cluster (2) */ -#define DIR_WrtTime 22 /* Modified time (2) */ -#define DIR_WrtDate 24 /* Modified date (2) */ -#define DIR_FstClusLO 26 /* Lower 16-bit of first cluster (2) */ -#define DIR_FileSize 28 /* File size (4) */ -#define LDIR_Ord 0 /* LFN entry order and LLE flag (1) */ -#define LDIR_Attr 11 /* LFN attribute (1) */ -#define LDIR_Type 12 /* LFN type (1) */ -#define LDIR_Chksum 13 /* Sum of corresponding SFN entry */ -#define LDIR_FstClusLO 26 /* Filled by zero (0) */ -#define SZ_DIR 32 /* Size of a directory entry */ -#define LLE 0x40 /* Last long entry flag in LDIR_Ord */ -#define DDE 0xE5 /* Deleted directory entry mark in DIR_Name[0] */ -#define NDDE 0x05 /* Replacement of the character collides with DDE */ - - -/*------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Module private work area */ -/*------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Note that uninitialized variables with static duration are -/ zeroed/nulled at start-up. If not, the compiler or start-up -/ routine is out of ANSI-C standard. -*/ - -#if _VOLUMES -static -FATFS *FatFs[_VOLUMES]; /* Pointer to the file system objects (logical drives) */ -#else -#error Number of volumes must not be 0. -#endif - -static -WORD Fsid; /* File system mount ID */ - -#if _FS_RPATH -static -BYTE CurrVol; /* Current drive */ -#endif - -#if _FS_LOCK -static -FILESEM Files[_FS_LOCK]; /* File lock semaphores */ -#endif - -#if _USE_LFN == 0 /* No LFN feature */ -#define DEF_NAMEBUF BYTE sfn[12] -#define INIT_BUF(dobj) (dobj).fn = sfn -#define FREE_BUF() - -#elif _USE_LFN == 1 /* LFN feature with static working buffer */ -static WCHAR LfnBuf[_MAX_LFN+1]; -#define DEF_NAMEBUF BYTE sfn[12] -#define INIT_BUF(dobj) { (dobj).fn = sfn; (dobj).lfn = LfnBuf; } -#define FREE_BUF() - -#elif _USE_LFN == 2 /* LFN feature with dynamic working buffer on the stack */ -#define DEF_NAMEBUF BYTE sfn[12]; WCHAR lbuf[_MAX_LFN+1] -#define INIT_BUF(dobj) { (dobj).fn = sfn; (dobj).lfn = lbuf; } -#define FREE_BUF() - -#elif _USE_LFN == 3 /* LFN feature with dynamic working buffer on the heap */ -#define DEF_NAMEBUF BYTE sfn[12]; WCHAR *lfn -#define INIT_BUF(dobj) { lfn = ff_memalloc((_MAX_LFN + 1) * 2); \ - if (!lfn) LEAVE_FF((dobj).fs, FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE); \ - (dobj).lfn = lfn; (dobj).fn = sfn; } -#define FREE_BUF() ff_memfree(lfn) - -#else -#error Wrong LFN configuration. -#endif - - - - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - Module Private Functions - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* String functions */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* Copy memory to memory */ -static -void mem_cpy (void* dst, const void* src, UINT cnt) { - BYTE *d = (BYTE*)dst; - const BYTE *s = (const BYTE*)src; - -#if _WORD_ACCESS == 1 - while (cnt >= sizeof (int)) { - *(int*)d = *(int*)s; - d += sizeof (int); s += sizeof (int); - cnt -= sizeof (int); - } -#endif - while (cnt--) - *d++ = *s++; -} - -/* Fill memory */ -static -void mem_set (void* dst, int val, UINT cnt) { - BYTE *d = (BYTE*)dst; - - while (cnt--) - *d++ = (BYTE)val; -} - -/* Compare memory to memory */ -static -int mem_cmp (const void* dst, const void* src, UINT cnt) { - const BYTE *d = (const BYTE *)dst, *s = (const BYTE *)src; - int r = 0; - - while (cnt-- && (r = *d++ - *s++) == 0) ; - return r; -} - -/* Check if chr is contained in the string */ -static -int chk_chr (const char* str, int chr) { - while (*str && *str != chr) str++; - return *str; -} - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Request/Release grant to access the volume */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if _FS_REENTRANT - -static -int lock_fs ( - FATFS *fs /* File system object */ -) -{ - return ff_req_grant(fs->sobj); -} - - -static -void unlock_fs ( - FATFS *fs, /* File system object */ - FRESULT res /* Result code to be returned */ -) -{ - if (fs && - res != FR_NOT_ENABLED && - res != FR_INVALID_DRIVE && - res != FR_INVALID_OBJECT && - res != FR_TIMEOUT) { - ff_rel_grant(fs->sobj); - } -} -#endif - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* File lock control functions */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if _FS_LOCK - -static -FRESULT chk_lock ( /* Check if the file can be accessed */ - DIR* dj, /* Directory object pointing the file to be checked */ - int acc /* Desired access (0:Read, 1:Write, 2:Delete/Rename) */ -) -{ - UINT i, be; - - /* Search file semaphore table */ - for (i = be = 0; i < _FS_LOCK; i++) { - if (Files[i].fs) { /* Existing entry */ - if (Files[i].fs == dj->fs && /* Check if the file matched with an open file */ - Files[i].clu == dj->sclust && - Files[i].idx == dj->index) break; - } else { /* Blank entry */ - be++; - } - } - if (i == _FS_LOCK) /* The file is not opened */ - return (be || acc == 2) ? FR_OK : FR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES; /* Is there a blank entry for new file? */ - - /* The file has been opened. Reject any open against writing file and all write mode open */ - return (acc || Files[i].ctr == 0x100) ? FR_LOCKED : FR_OK; -} - - -static -int enq_lock (void) /* Check if an entry is available for a new file */ -{ - UINT i; - - for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK && Files[i].fs; i++) ; - return (i == _FS_LOCK) ? 0 : 1; -} - - -static -UINT inc_lock ( /* Increment file open counter and returns its index (0:int error) */ - DIR* dj, /* Directory object pointing the file to register or increment */ - int acc /* Desired access mode (0:Read, !0:Write) */ -) -{ - UINT i; - - - for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK; i++) { /* Find the file */ - if (Files[i].fs == dj->fs && - Files[i].clu == dj->sclust && - Files[i].idx == dj->index) break; - } - - if (i == _FS_LOCK) { /* Not opened. Register it as new. */ - for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK && Files[i].fs; i++) ; - if (i == _FS_LOCK) return 0; /* No space to register (int err) */ - Files[i].fs = dj->fs; - Files[i].clu = dj->sclust; - Files[i].idx = dj->index; - Files[i].ctr = 0; - } - - if (acc && Files[i].ctr) return 0; /* Access violation (int err) */ - - Files[i].ctr = acc ? 0x100 : Files[i].ctr + 1; /* Set semaphore value */ - - return i + 1; -} - - -static -FRESULT dec_lock ( /* Decrement file open counter */ - UINT i /* Semaphore index */ -) -{ - WORD n; - FRESULT res; - - - if (--i < _FS_LOCK) { - n = Files[i].ctr; - if (n == 0x100) n = 0; - if (n) n--; - Files[i].ctr = n; - if (!n) Files[i].fs = 0; - res = FR_OK; - } else { - res = FR_INT_ERR; - } - return res; -} - - -static -void clear_lock ( /* Clear lock entries of the volume */ - FATFS *fs -) -{ - UINT i; - - for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK; i++) { - if (Files[i].fs == fs) Files[i].fs = 0; - } -} -#endif - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Change window offset */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static -FRESULT move_window ( - FATFS *fs, /* File system object */ - DWORD sector /* Sector number to make appearance in the fs->win[] */ -) /* Move to zero only writes back dirty window */ -{ - DWORD wsect; - - - wsect = fs->winsect; - if (wsect != sector) { /* Changed current window */ -#if !_FS_READONLY - if (fs->wflag) { /* Write back dirty window if needed */ - if (disk_write(fs->drv, fs->win, wsect, 1) != RES_OK) - return FR_DISK_ERR; - fs->wflag = 0; - if (wsect < (fs->fatbase + fs->fsize)) { /* In FAT area */ - BYTE nf; - for (nf = fs->n_fats; nf > 1; nf--) { /* Reflect the change to all FAT copies */ - wsect += fs->fsize; - disk_write(fs->drv, fs->win, wsect, 1); - } - } - } -#endif - if (sector) { - if (disk_read(fs->drv, fs->win, sector, 1) != RES_OK) - return FR_DISK_ERR; - fs->winsect = sector; - } - } - - return FR_OK; -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Clean-up cached data */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if !_FS_READONLY -static -FRESULT sync ( /* FR_OK: successful, FR_DISK_ERR: failed */ - FATFS *fs /* File system object */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - - - res = move_window(fs, 0); - if (res == FR_OK) { - /* Update FSInfo sector if needed */ - if (fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32 && fs->fsi_flag) { - fs->winsect = 0; - /* Create FSInfo structure */ - mem_set(fs->win, 0, 512); - ST_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA, 0xAA55); - ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_LeadSig, 0x41615252); - ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_StrucSig, 0x61417272); - ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Free_Count, fs->free_clust); - ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Nxt_Free, fs->last_clust); - /* Write it into the FSInfo sector */ - disk_write(fs->drv, fs->win, fs->fsi_sector, 1); - fs->fsi_flag = 0; - } - /* Make sure that no pending write process in the physical drive */ - if (disk_ioctl(fs->drv, CTRL_SYNC, 0) != RES_OK) - res = FR_DISK_ERR; - } - - return res; -} -#endif - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Get sector# from cluster# */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - - -DWORD clust2sect ( /* !=0: Sector number, 0: Failed - invalid cluster# */ - FATFS *fs, /* File system object */ - DWORD clst /* Cluster# to be converted */ -) -{ - clst -= 2; - if (clst >= (fs->n_fatent - 2)) return 0; /* Invalid cluster# */ - return clst * fs->csize + fs->database; -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* FAT access - Read value of a FAT entry */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - - -DWORD get_fat ( /* 0xFFFFFFFF:Disk error, 1:Internal error, Else:Cluster status */ - FATFS *fs, /* File system object */ - DWORD clst /* Cluster# to get the link information */ -) -{ - UINT wc, bc; - BYTE *p; - - - if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->n_fatent) /* Check range */ - return 1; - - switch (fs->fs_type) { - case FS_FAT12 : - bc = (UINT)clst; bc += bc / 2; - if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs)))) break; - wc = fs->win[bc % SS(fs)]; bc++; - if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs)))) break; - wc |= fs->win[bc % SS(fs)] << 8; - return (clst & 1) ? (wc >> 4) : (wc & 0xFFF); - - case FS_FAT16 : - if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 2)))) break; - p = &fs->win[clst * 2 % SS(fs)]; - return LD_WORD(p); - - case FS_FAT32 : - if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 4)))) break; - p = &fs->win[clst * 4 % SS(fs)]; - return LD_DWORD(p) & 0x0FFFFFFF; - } - - return 0xFFFFFFFF; /* An error occurred at the disk I/O layer */ -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* FAT access - Change value of a FAT entry */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if !_FS_READONLY - -FRESULT put_fat ( - FATFS *fs, /* File system object */ - DWORD clst, /* Cluster# to be changed in range of 2 to fs->n_fatent - 1 */ - DWORD val /* New value to mark the cluster */ -) -{ - UINT bc; - BYTE *p; - FRESULT res; - - - if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->n_fatent) { /* Check range */ - res = FR_INT_ERR; - - } else { - switch (fs->fs_type) { - case FS_FAT12 : - bc = (UINT)clst; bc += bc / 2; - res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs))); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - p = &fs->win[bc % SS(fs)]; - *p = (clst & 1) ? ((*p & 0x0F) | ((BYTE)val << 4)) : (BYTE)val; - bc++; - fs->wflag = 1; - res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs))); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - p = &fs->win[bc % SS(fs)]; - *p = (clst & 1) ? (BYTE)(val >> 4) : ((*p & 0xF0) | ((BYTE)(val >> 8) & 0x0F)); - break; - - case FS_FAT16 : - res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 2))); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - p = &fs->win[clst * 2 % SS(fs)]; - ST_WORD(p, (WORD)val); - break; - - case FS_FAT32 : - res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 4))); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - p = &fs->win[clst * 4 % SS(fs)]; - val |= LD_DWORD(p) & 0xF0000000; - ST_DWORD(p, val); - break; - - default : - res = FR_INT_ERR; - } - fs->wflag = 1; - } - - return res; -} -#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */ - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* FAT handling - Remove a cluster chain */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if !_FS_READONLY -static -FRESULT remove_chain ( - FATFS *fs, /* File system object */ - DWORD clst /* Cluster# to remove a chain from */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DWORD nxt; -#if _USE_ERASE - DWORD scl = clst, ecl = clst, rt[2]; -#endif - - if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->n_fatent) { /* Check range */ - res = FR_INT_ERR; - - } else { - res = FR_OK; - while (clst < fs->n_fatent) { /* Not a last link? */ - nxt = get_fat(fs, clst); /* Get cluster status */ - if (nxt == 0) break; /* Empty cluster? */ - if (nxt == 1) { res = FR_INT_ERR; break; } /* Internal error? */ - if (nxt == 0xFFFFFFFF) { res = FR_DISK_ERR; break; } /* Disk error? */ - res = put_fat(fs, clst, 0); /* Mark the cluster "empty" */ - if (res != FR_OK) break; - if (fs->free_clust != 0xFFFFFFFF) { /* Update FSInfo */ - fs->free_clust++; - fs->fsi_flag = 1; - } -#if _USE_ERASE - if (ecl + 1 == nxt) { /* Is next cluster contiguous? */ - ecl = nxt; - } else { /* End of contiguous clusters */ - rt[0] = clust2sect(fs, scl); /* Start sector */ - rt[1] = clust2sect(fs, ecl) + fs->csize - 1; /* End sector */ - disk_ioctl(fs->drv, CTRL_ERASE_SECTOR, rt); /* Erase the block */ - scl = ecl = nxt; - } -#endif - clst = nxt; /* Next cluster */ - } - } - - return res; -} -#endif - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* FAT handling - Stretch or Create a cluster chain */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if !_FS_READONLY -static -DWORD create_chain ( /* 0:No free cluster, 1:Internal error, 0xFFFFFFFF:Disk error, >=2:New cluster# */ - FATFS *fs, /* File system object */ - DWORD clst /* Cluster# to stretch. 0 means create a new chain. */ -) -{ - DWORD cs, ncl, scl; - FRESULT res; - - - if (clst == 0) { /* Create a new chain */ - scl = fs->last_clust; /* Get suggested start point */ - if (!scl || scl >= fs->n_fatent) scl = 1; - } - else { /* Stretch the current chain */ - cs = get_fat(fs, clst); /* Check the cluster status */ - if (cs < 2) return 1; /* It is an invalid cluster */ - if (cs < fs->n_fatent) return cs; /* It is already followed by next cluster */ - scl = clst; - } - - ncl = scl; /* Start cluster */ - for (;;) { - ncl++; /* Next cluster */ - if (ncl >= fs->n_fatent) { /* Wrap around */ - ncl = 2; - if (ncl > scl) return 0; /* No free cluster */ - } - cs = get_fat(fs, ncl); /* Get the cluster status */ - if (cs == 0) break; /* Found a free cluster */ - if (cs == 0xFFFFFFFF || cs == 1)/* An error occurred */ - return cs; - if (ncl == scl) return 0; /* No free cluster */ - } - - res = put_fat(fs, ncl, 0x0FFFFFFF); /* Mark the new cluster "last link" */ - if (res == FR_OK && clst != 0) { - res = put_fat(fs, clst, ncl); /* Link it to the previous one if needed */ - } - if (res == FR_OK) { - fs->last_clust = ncl; /* Update FSINFO */ - if (fs->free_clust != 0xFFFFFFFF) { - fs->free_clust--; - fs->fsi_flag = 1; - } - } else { - ncl = (res == FR_DISK_ERR) ? 0xFFFFFFFF : 1; - } - - return ncl; /* Return new cluster number or error code */ -} -#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */ - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* FAT handling - Convert offset into cluster with link map table */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if _USE_FASTSEEK -static -DWORD clmt_clust ( /* <2:Error, >=2:Cluster number */ - FIL* fp, /* Pointer to the file object */ - DWORD ofs /* File offset to be converted to cluster# */ -) -{ - DWORD cl, ncl, *tbl; - - - tbl = fp->cltbl + 1; /* Top of CLMT */ - cl = ofs / SS(fp->fs) / fp->fs->csize; /* Cluster order from top of the file */ - for (;;) { - ncl = *tbl++; /* Number of cluters in the fragment */ - if (!ncl) return 0; /* End of table? (error) */ - if (cl < ncl) break; /* In this fragment? */ - cl -= ncl; tbl++; /* Next fragment */ - } - return cl + *tbl; /* Return the cluster number */ -} -#endif /* _USE_FASTSEEK */ - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Directory handling - Set directory index */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static -FRESULT dir_sdi ( - DIR *dj, /* Pointer to directory object */ - WORD idx /* Index of directory table */ -) -{ - DWORD clst; - WORD ic; - - - dj->index = idx; - clst = dj->sclust; - if (clst == 1 || clst >= dj->fs->n_fatent) /* Check start cluster range */ - return FR_INT_ERR; - if (!clst && dj->fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32) /* Replace cluster# 0 with root cluster# if in FAT32 */ - clst = dj->fs->dirbase; - - if (clst == 0) { /* Static table (root-dir in FAT12/16) */ - dj->clust = clst; - if (idx >= dj->fs->n_rootdir) /* Index is out of range */ - return FR_INT_ERR; - dj->sect = dj->fs->dirbase + idx / (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR); /* Sector# */ - } - else { /* Dynamic table (sub-dirs or root-dir in FAT32) */ - ic = SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR * dj->fs->csize; /* Entries per cluster */ - while (idx >= ic) { /* Follow cluster chain */ - clst = get_fat(dj->fs, clst); /* Get next cluster */ - if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) return FR_DISK_ERR; /* Disk error */ - if (clst < 2 || clst >= dj->fs->n_fatent) /* Reached to end of table or int error */ - return FR_INT_ERR; - idx -= ic; - } - dj->clust = clst; - dj->sect = clust2sect(dj->fs, clst) + idx / (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR); /* Sector# */ - } - - dj->dir = dj->fs->win + (idx % (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR)) * SZ_DIR; /* Ptr to the entry in the sector */ - - return FR_OK; /* Seek succeeded */ -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Directory handling - Move directory table index next */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static -FRESULT dir_next ( /* FR_OK:Succeeded, FR_NO_FILE:End of table, FR_DENIED:EOT and could not stretch */ - DIR *dj, /* Pointer to directory object */ - int stretch /* 0: Do not stretch table, 1: Stretch table if needed */ -) -{ - DWORD clst; - WORD i; - - - stretch = stretch; /* To suppress warning on read-only cfg. */ - i = dj->index + 1; - if (!i || !dj->sect) /* Report EOT when index has reached 65535 */ - return FR_NO_FILE; - - if (!(i % (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR))) { /* Sector changed? */ - dj->sect++; /* Next sector */ - - if (dj->clust == 0) { /* Static table */ - if (i >= dj->fs->n_rootdir) /* Report EOT when end of table */ - return FR_NO_FILE; - } - else { /* Dynamic table */ - if (((i / (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR)) & (dj->fs->csize - 1)) == 0) { /* Cluster changed? */ - clst = get_fat(dj->fs, dj->clust); /* Get next cluster */ - if (clst <= 1) return FR_INT_ERR; - if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) return FR_DISK_ERR; - if (clst >= dj->fs->n_fatent) { /* When it reached end of dynamic table */ -#if !_FS_READONLY - BYTE c; - if (!stretch) return FR_NO_FILE; /* When do not stretch, report EOT */ - clst = create_chain(dj->fs, dj->clust); /* Stretch cluster chain */ - if (clst == 0) return FR_DENIED; /* No free cluster */ - if (clst == 1) return FR_INT_ERR; - if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) return FR_DISK_ERR; - /* Clean-up stretched table */ - if (move_window(dj->fs, 0)) return FR_DISK_ERR; /* Flush active window */ - mem_set(dj->fs->win, 0, SS(dj->fs)); /* Clear window buffer */ - dj->fs->winsect = clust2sect(dj->fs, clst); /* Cluster start sector */ - for (c = 0; c < dj->fs->csize; c++) { /* Fill the new cluster with 0 */ - dj->fs->wflag = 1; - if (move_window(dj->fs, 0)) return FR_DISK_ERR; - dj->fs->winsect++; - } - dj->fs->winsect -= c; /* Rewind window address */ -#else - return FR_NO_FILE; /* Report EOT */ -#endif - } - dj->clust = clst; /* Initialize data for new cluster */ - dj->sect = clust2sect(dj->fs, clst); - } - } - } - - dj->index = i; - dj->dir = dj->fs->win + (i % (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR)) * SZ_DIR; - - return FR_OK; -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Directory handling - Load/Store start cluster number */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static -DWORD ld_clust ( - FATFS *fs, /* Pointer to the fs object */ - BYTE *dir /* Pointer to the directory entry */ -) -{ - DWORD cl; - - cl = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO); - if (fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32) - cl |= (DWORD)LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI) << 16; - - return cl; -} - - -#if !_FS_READONLY -static -void st_clust ( - BYTE *dir, /* Pointer to the directory entry */ - DWORD cl /* Value to be set */ -) -{ - ST_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO, cl); - ST_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI, cl >> 16); -} -#endif - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* LFN handling - Test/Pick/Fit an LFN segment from/to directory entry */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if _USE_LFN -static -const BYTE LfnOfs[] = {1,3,5,7,9,14,16,18,20,22,24,28,30}; /* Offset of LFN chars in the directory entry */ - - -static -int cmp_lfn ( /* 1:Matched, 0:Not matched */ - WCHAR *lfnbuf, /* Pointer to the LFN to be compared */ - BYTE *dir /* Pointer to the directory entry containing a part of LFN */ -) -{ - UINT i, s; - WCHAR wc, uc; - - - i = ((dir[LDIR_Ord] & ~LLE) - 1) * 13; /* Get offset in the LFN buffer */ - s = 0; wc = 1; - do { - uc = LD_WORD(dir+LfnOfs[s]); /* Pick an LFN character from the entry */ - if (wc) { /* Last char has not been processed */ - wc = ff_wtoupper(uc); /* Convert it to upper case */ - if (i >= _MAX_LFN || wc != ff_wtoupper(lfnbuf[i++])) /* Compare it */ - return 0; /* Not matched */ - } else { - if (uc != 0xFFFF) return 0; /* Check filler */ - } - } while (++s < 13); /* Repeat until all chars in the entry are checked */ - - if ((dir[LDIR_Ord] & LLE) && wc && lfnbuf[i]) /* Last segment matched but different length */ - return 0; - - return 1; /* The part of LFN matched */ -} - - - -static -int pick_lfn ( /* 1:Succeeded, 0:Buffer overflow */ - WCHAR *lfnbuf, /* Pointer to the Unicode-LFN buffer */ - BYTE *dir /* Pointer to the directory entry */ -) -{ - UINT i, s; - WCHAR wc, uc; - - - i = ((dir[LDIR_Ord] & 0x3F) - 1) * 13; /* Offset in the LFN buffer */ - - s = 0; wc = 1; - do { - uc = LD_WORD(dir+LfnOfs[s]); /* Pick an LFN character from the entry */ - if (wc) { /* Last char has not been processed */ - if (i >= _MAX_LFN) return 0; /* Buffer overflow? */ - lfnbuf[i++] = wc = uc; /* Store it */ - } else { - if (uc != 0xFFFF) return 0; /* Check filler */ - } - } while (++s < 13); /* Read all character in the entry */ - - if (dir[LDIR_Ord] & LLE) { /* Put terminator if it is the last LFN part */ - if (i >= _MAX_LFN) return 0; /* Buffer overflow? */ - lfnbuf[i] = 0; - } - - return 1; -} - - -#if !_FS_READONLY -static -void fit_lfn ( - const WCHAR *lfnbuf, /* Pointer to the LFN buffer */ - BYTE *dir, /* Pointer to the directory entry */ - BYTE ord, /* LFN order (1-20) */ - BYTE sum /* SFN sum */ -) -{ - UINT i, s; - WCHAR wc; - - - dir[LDIR_Chksum] = sum; /* Set check sum */ - dir[LDIR_Attr] = AM_LFN; /* Set attribute. LFN entry */ - dir[LDIR_Type] = 0; - ST_WORD(dir+LDIR_FstClusLO, 0); - - i = (ord - 1) * 13; /* Get offset in the LFN buffer */ - s = wc = 0; - do { - if (wc != 0xFFFF) wc = lfnbuf[i++]; /* Get an effective char */ - ST_WORD(dir+LfnOfs[s], wc); /* Put it */ - if (!wc) wc = 0xFFFF; /* Padding chars following last char */ - } while (++s < 13); - if (wc == 0xFFFF || !lfnbuf[i]) ord |= LLE; /* Bottom LFN part is the start of LFN sequence */ - dir[LDIR_Ord] = ord; /* Set the LFN order */ -} - -#endif -#endif - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Create numbered name */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if _USE_LFN -void gen_numname ( - BYTE *dst, /* Pointer to generated SFN */ - const BYTE *src, /* Pointer to source SFN to be modified */ - const WCHAR *lfn, /* Pointer to LFN */ - WORD seq /* Sequence number */ -) -{ - BYTE ns[8], c; - UINT i, j; - - - mem_cpy(dst, src, 11); - - if (seq > 5) { /* On many collisions, generate a hash number instead of sequential number */ - do seq = (seq >> 1) + (seq << 15) + (WORD)*lfn++; while (*lfn); - } - - /* itoa (hexdecimal) */ - i = 7; - do { - c = (seq % 16) + '0'; - if (c > '9') c += 7; - ns[i--] = c; - seq /= 16; - } while (seq); - ns[i] = '~'; - - /* Append the number */ - for (j = 0; j < i && dst[j] != ' '; j++) { - if (IsDBCS1(dst[j])) { - if (j == i - 1) break; - j++; - } - } - do { - dst[j++] = (i < 8) ? ns[i++] : ' '; - } while (j < 8); -} -#endif - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Calculate sum of an SFN */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if _USE_LFN -static -BYTE sum_sfn ( - const BYTE *dir /* Ptr to directory entry */ -) -{ - BYTE sum = 0; - UINT n = 11; - - do sum = (sum >> 1) + (sum << 7) + *dir++; while (--n); - return sum; -} -#endif - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Directory handling - Find an object in the directory */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static -FRESULT dir_find ( - DIR *dj /* Pointer to the directory object linked to the file name */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - BYTE c, *dir; -#if _USE_LFN - BYTE a, ord, sum; -#endif - - res = dir_sdi(dj, 0); /* Rewind directory object */ - if (res != FR_OK) return res; - -#if _USE_LFN - ord = sum = 0xFF; -#endif - do { - res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - dir = dj->dir; /* Ptr to the directory entry of current index */ - c = dir[DIR_Name]; - if (c == 0) { res = FR_NO_FILE; break; } /* Reached to end of table */ -#if _USE_LFN /* LFN configuration */ - a = dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_MASK; - if (c == DDE || ((a & AM_VOL) && a != AM_LFN)) { /* An entry without valid data */ - ord = 0xFF; - } else { - if (a == AM_LFN) { /* An LFN entry is found */ - if (dj->lfn) { - if (c & LLE) { /* Is it start of LFN sequence? */ - sum = dir[LDIR_Chksum]; - c &= ~LLE; ord = c; /* LFN start order */ - dj->lfn_idx = dj->index; - } - /* Check validity of the LFN entry and compare it with given name */ - ord = (c == ord && sum == dir[LDIR_Chksum] && cmp_lfn(dj->lfn, dir)) ? ord - 1 : 0xFF; - } - } else { /* An SFN entry is found */ - if (!ord && sum == sum_sfn(dir)) break; /* LFN matched? */ - ord = 0xFF; dj->lfn_idx = 0xFFFF; /* Reset LFN sequence */ - if (!(dj->fn[NS] & NS_LOSS) && !mem_cmp(dir, dj->fn, 11)) break; /* SFN matched? */ - } - } -#else /* Non LFN configuration */ - if (!(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_VOL) && !mem_cmp(dir, dj->fn, 11)) /* Is it a valid entry? */ - break; -#endif - res = dir_next(dj, 0); /* Next entry */ - } while (res == FR_OK); - - return res; -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Read an object from the directory */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 -static -FRESULT dir_read ( - DIR *dj /* Pointer to the directory object that pointing the entry to be read */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - BYTE c, *dir; -#if _USE_LFN - BYTE a, ord = 0xFF, sum = 0xFF; -#endif - - res = FR_NO_FILE; - while (dj->sect) { - res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - dir = dj->dir; /* Ptr to the directory entry of current index */ - c = dir[DIR_Name]; - if (c == 0) { res = FR_NO_FILE; break; } /* Reached to end of table */ -#if _USE_LFN /* LFN configuration */ - a = dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_MASK; - if (c == DDE || (!_FS_RPATH && c == '.') || ((a & AM_VOL) && a != AM_LFN)) { /* An entry without valid data */ - ord = 0xFF; - } else { - if (a == AM_LFN) { /* An LFN entry is found */ - if (c & LLE) { /* Is it start of LFN sequence? */ - sum = dir[LDIR_Chksum]; - c &= ~LLE; ord = c; - dj->lfn_idx = dj->index; - } - /* Check LFN validity and capture it */ - ord = (c == ord && sum == dir[LDIR_Chksum] && pick_lfn(dj->lfn, dir)) ? ord - 1 : 0xFF; - } else { /* An SFN entry is found */ - if (ord || sum != sum_sfn(dir)) /* Is there a valid LFN? */ - dj->lfn_idx = 0xFFFF; /* It has no LFN. */ - break; - } - } -#else /* Non LFN configuration */ - if (c != DDE && (_FS_RPATH || c != '.') && !(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_VOL)) /* Is it a valid entry? */ - break; -#endif - res = dir_next(dj, 0); /* Next entry */ - if (res != FR_OK) break; - } - - if (res != FR_OK) dj->sect = 0; - - return res; -} -#endif - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Register an object to the directory */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if !_FS_READONLY -static -FRESULT dir_register ( /* FR_OK:Successful, FR_DENIED:No free entry or too many SFN collision, FR_DISK_ERR:Disk error */ - DIR *dj /* Target directory with object name to be created */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - BYTE c, *dir; -#if _USE_LFN /* LFN configuration */ - WORD n, ne, is; - BYTE sn[12], *fn, sum; - WCHAR *lfn; - - - fn = dj->fn; lfn = dj->lfn; - mem_cpy(sn, fn, 12); - - if (_FS_RPATH && (sn[NS] & NS_DOT)) /* Cannot create dot entry */ - return FR_INVALID_NAME; - - if (sn[NS] & NS_LOSS) { /* When LFN is out of 8.3 format, generate a numbered name */ - fn[NS] = 0; dj->lfn = 0; /* Find only SFN */ - for (n = 1; n < 100; n++) { - gen_numname(fn, sn, lfn, n); /* Generate a numbered name */ - res = dir_find(dj); /* Check if the name collides with existing SFN */ - if (res != FR_OK) break; - } - if (n == 100) return FR_DENIED; /* Abort if too many collisions */ - if (res != FR_NO_FILE) return res; /* Abort if the result is other than 'not collided' */ - fn[NS] = sn[NS]; dj->lfn = lfn; - } - - if (sn[NS] & NS_LFN) { /* When LFN is to be created, reserve an SFN + LFN entries. */ - for (ne = 0; lfn[ne]; ne++) ; - ne = (ne + 25) / 13; - } else { /* Otherwise reserve only an SFN entry. */ - ne = 1; - } - - /* Reserve contiguous entries */ - res = dir_sdi(dj, 0); - if (res != FR_OK) return res; - n = is = 0; - do { - res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - c = *dj->dir; /* Check the entry status */ - if (c == DDE || c == 0) { /* Is it a blank entry? */ - if (n == 0) is = dj->index; /* First index of the contiguous entry */ - if (++n == ne) break; /* A contiguous entry that required count is found */ - } else { - n = 0; /* Not a blank entry. Restart to search */ - } - res = dir_next(dj, 1); /* Next entry with table stretch */ - } while (res == FR_OK); - - if (res == FR_OK && ne > 1) { /* Initialize LFN entry if needed */ - res = dir_sdi(dj, is); - if (res == FR_OK) { - sum = sum_sfn(dj->fn); /* Sum of the SFN tied to the LFN */ - ne--; - do { /* Store LFN entries in bottom first */ - res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - fit_lfn(dj->lfn, dj->dir, (BYTE)ne, sum); - dj->fs->wflag = 1; - res = dir_next(dj, 0); /* Next entry */ - } while (res == FR_OK && --ne); - } - } - -#else /* Non LFN configuration */ - res = dir_sdi(dj, 0); - if (res == FR_OK) { - do { /* Find a blank entry for the SFN */ - res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - c = *dj->dir; - if (c == DDE || c == 0) break; /* Is it a blank entry? */ - res = dir_next(dj, 1); /* Next entry with table stretch */ - } while (res == FR_OK); - } -#endif - - if (res == FR_OK) { /* Initialize the SFN entry */ - res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); - if (res == FR_OK) { - dir = dj->dir; - mem_set(dir, 0, SZ_DIR); /* Clean the entry */ - mem_cpy(dir, dj->fn, 11); /* Put SFN */ -#if _USE_LFN - dir[DIR_NTres] = *(dj->fn+NS) & (NS_BODY | NS_EXT); /* Put NT flag */ -#endif - dj->fs->wflag = 1; - } - } - - return res; -} -#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */ - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Remove an object from the directory */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if !_FS_READONLY && !_FS_MINIMIZE -static -FRESULT dir_remove ( /* FR_OK: Successful, FR_DISK_ERR: A disk error */ - DIR *dj /* Directory object pointing the entry to be removed */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; -#if _USE_LFN /* LFN configuration */ - WORD i; - - i = dj->index; /* SFN index */ - res = dir_sdi(dj, (WORD)((dj->lfn_idx == 0xFFFF) ? i : dj->lfn_idx)); /* Goto the SFN or top of the LFN entries */ - if (res == FR_OK) { - do { - res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - *dj->dir = DDE; /* Mark the entry "deleted" */ - dj->fs->wflag = 1; - if (dj->index >= i) break; /* When reached SFN, all entries of the object has been deleted. */ - res = dir_next(dj, 0); /* Next entry */ - } while (res == FR_OK); - if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_INT_ERR; - } - -#else /* Non LFN configuration */ - res = dir_sdi(dj, dj->index); - if (res == FR_OK) { - res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); - if (res == FR_OK) { - *dj->dir = DDE; /* Mark the entry "deleted" */ - dj->fs->wflag = 1; - } - } -#endif - - return res; -} -#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */ - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Pick a segment and create the object name in directory form */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static -FRESULT create_name ( - DIR *dj, /* Pointer to the directory object */ - const TCHAR **path /* Pointer to pointer to the segment in the path string */ -) -{ -#ifdef _EXCVT - static const BYTE excvt[] = _EXCVT; /* Upper conversion table for extended chars */ -#endif - -#if _USE_LFN /* LFN configuration */ - BYTE b, cf; - WCHAR w, *lfn; - UINT i, ni, si, di; - const TCHAR *p; - - /* Create LFN in Unicode */ - for (p = *path; *p == '/' || *p == '\\'; p++) ; /* Strip duplicated separator */ - lfn = dj->lfn; - si = di = 0; - for (;;) { - w = p[si++]; /* Get a character */ - if (w < ' ' || w == '/' || w == '\\') break; /* Break on end of segment */ - if (di >= _MAX_LFN) /* Reject too long name */ - return FR_INVALID_NAME; -#if !_LFN_UNICODE - w &= 0xFF; - if (IsDBCS1(w)) { /* Check if it is a DBC 1st byte (always false on SBCS cfg) */ - b = (BYTE)p[si++]; /* Get 2nd byte */ - if (!IsDBCS2(b)) - return FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Reject invalid sequence */ - w = (w << 8) + b; /* Create a DBC */ - } - w = ff_convert(w, 1); /* Convert ANSI/OEM to Unicode */ - if (!w) return FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Reject invalid code */ -#endif - if (w < 0x80 && chk_chr("\"*:<>\?|\x7F", w)) /* Reject illegal chars for LFN */ - return FR_INVALID_NAME; - lfn[di++] = w; /* Store the Unicode char */ - } - *path = &p[si]; /* Return pointer to the next segment */ - cf = (w < ' ') ? NS_LAST : 0; /* Set last segment flag if end of path */ -#if _FS_RPATH - if ((di == 1 && lfn[di-1] == '.') || /* Is this a dot entry? */ - (di == 2 && lfn[di-1] == '.' && lfn[di-2] == '.')) { - lfn[di] = 0; - for (i = 0; i < 11; i++) - dj->fn[i] = (i < di) ? '.' : ' '; - dj->fn[i] = cf | NS_DOT; /* This is a dot entry */ - return FR_OK; - } -#endif - while (di) { /* Strip trailing spaces and dots */ - w = lfn[di-1]; - if (w != ' ' && w != '.') break; - di--; - } - if (!di) return FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Reject nul string */ - - lfn[di] = 0; /* LFN is created */ - - /* Create SFN in directory form */ - mem_set(dj->fn, ' ', 11); - for (si = 0; lfn[si] == ' ' || lfn[si] == '.'; si++) ; /* Strip leading spaces and dots */ - if (si) cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; - while (di && lfn[di - 1] != '.') di--; /* Find extension (di<=si: no extension) */ - - b = i = 0; ni = 8; - for (;;) { - w = lfn[si++]; /* Get an LFN char */ - if (!w) break; /* Break on end of the LFN */ - if (w == ' ' || (w == '.' && si != di)) { /* Remove spaces and dots */ - cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; continue; - } - - if (i >= ni || si == di) { /* Extension or end of SFN */ - if (ni == 11) { /* Long extension */ - cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; break; - } - if (si != di) cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; /* Out of 8.3 format */ - if (si > di) break; /* No extension */ - si = di; i = 8; ni = 11; /* Enter extension section */ - b <<= 2; continue; - } - - if (w >= 0x80) { /* Non ASCII char */ -#ifdef _EXCVT - w = ff_convert(w, 0); /* Unicode -> OEM code */ - if (w) w = excvt[w - 0x80]; /* Convert extended char to upper (SBCS) */ -#else - w = ff_convert(ff_wtoupper(w), 0); /* Upper converted Unicode -> OEM code */ -#endif - cf |= NS_LFN; /* Force create LFN entry */ - } - - if (_DF1S && w >= 0x100) { /* Double byte char (always false on SBCS cfg) */ - if (i >= ni - 1) { - cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; i = ni; continue; - } - dj->fn[i++] = (BYTE)(w >> 8); - } else { /* Single byte char */ - if (!w || chk_chr("+,;=[]", w)) { /* Replace illegal chars for SFN */ - w = '_'; cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN;/* Lossy conversion */ - } else { - if (IsUpper(w)) { /* ASCII large capital */ - b |= 2; - } else { - if (IsLower(w)) { /* ASCII small capital */ - b |= 1; w -= 0x20; - } - } - } - } - dj->fn[i++] = (BYTE)w; - } - - if (dj->fn[0] == DDE) dj->fn[0] = NDDE; /* If the first char collides with deleted mark, replace it with 0x05 */ - - if (ni == 8) b <<= 2; - if ((b & 0x0C) == 0x0C || (b & 0x03) == 0x03) /* Create LFN entry when there are composite capitals */ - cf |= NS_LFN; - if (!(cf & NS_LFN)) { /* When LFN is in 8.3 format without extended char, NT flags are created */ - if ((b & 0x03) == 0x01) cf |= NS_EXT; /* NT flag (Extension has only small capital) */ - if ((b & 0x0C) == 0x04) cf |= NS_BODY; /* NT flag (Filename has only small capital) */ - } - - dj->fn[NS] = cf; /* SFN is created */ - - return FR_OK; - - -#else /* Non-LFN configuration */ - BYTE b, c, d, *sfn; - UINT ni, si, i; - const char *p; - - /* Create file name in directory form */ - for (p = *path; *p == '/' || *p == '\\'; p++) ; /* Strip duplicated separator */ - sfn = dj->fn; - mem_set(sfn, ' ', 11); - si = i = b = 0; ni = 8; -#if _FS_RPATH - if (p[si] == '.') { /* Is this a dot entry? */ - for (;;) { - c = (BYTE)p[si++]; - if (c != '.' || si >= 3) break; - sfn[i++] = c; - } - if (c != '/' && c != '\\' && c > ' ') return FR_INVALID_NAME; - *path = &p[si]; /* Return pointer to the next segment */ - sfn[NS] = (c <= ' ') ? NS_LAST | NS_DOT : NS_DOT; /* Set last segment flag if end of path */ - return FR_OK; - } -#endif - for (;;) { - c = (BYTE)p[si++]; - if (c <= ' ' || c == '/' || c == '\\') break; /* Break on end of segment */ - if (c == '.' || i >= ni) { - if (ni != 8 || c != '.') return FR_INVALID_NAME; - i = 8; ni = 11; - b <<= 2; continue; - } - if (c >= 0x80) { /* Extended char? */ - b |= 3; /* Eliminate NT flag */ -#ifdef _EXCVT - c = excvt[c - 0x80]; /* Upper conversion (SBCS) */ -#else -#if !_DF1S /* ASCII only cfg */ - return FR_INVALID_NAME; -#endif -#endif - } - if (IsDBCS1(c)) { /* Check if it is a DBC 1st byte (always false on SBCS cfg) */ - d = (BYTE)p[si++]; /* Get 2nd byte */ - if (!IsDBCS2(d) || i >= ni - 1) /* Reject invalid DBC */ - return FR_INVALID_NAME; - sfn[i++] = c; - sfn[i++] = d; - } else { /* Single byte code */ - if (chk_chr("\"*+,:;<=>\?[]|\x7F", c)) /* Reject illegal chrs for SFN */ - return FR_INVALID_NAME; - if (IsUpper(c)) { /* ASCII large capital? */ - b |= 2; - } else { - if (IsLower(c)) { /* ASCII small capital? */ - b |= 1; c -= 0x20; - } - } - sfn[i++] = c; - } - } - *path = &p[si]; /* Return pointer to the next segment */ - c = (c <= ' ') ? NS_LAST : 0; /* Set last segment flag if end of path */ - - if (!i) return FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Reject nul string */ - if (sfn[0] == DDE) sfn[0] = NDDE; /* When first char collides with DDE, replace it with 0x05 */ - - if (ni == 8) b <<= 2; - if ((b & 0x03) == 0x01) c |= NS_EXT; /* NT flag (Name extension has only small capital) */ - if ((b & 0x0C) == 0x04) c |= NS_BODY; /* NT flag (Name body has only small capital) */ - - sfn[NS] = c; /* Store NT flag, File name is created */ - - return FR_OK; -#endif -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Get file information from directory entry */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 -static -void get_fileinfo ( /* No return code */ - DIR *dj, /* Pointer to the directory object */ - FILINFO *fno /* Pointer to the file information to be filled */ -) -{ - UINT i; - BYTE nt, *dir; - TCHAR *p, c; - - - p = fno->fname; - if (dj->sect) { - dir = dj->dir; - nt = dir[DIR_NTres]; /* NT flag */ - for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) { /* Copy name body */ - c = dir[i]; - if (c == ' ') break; - if (c == NDDE) c = (TCHAR)DDE; - if (_USE_LFN && (nt & NS_BODY) && IsUpper(c)) c += 0x20; -#if _LFN_UNICODE - if (IsDBCS1(c) && i < 7 && IsDBCS2(dir[i+1])) - c = (c << 8) | dir[++i]; - c = ff_convert(c, 1); - if (!c) c = '?'; -#endif - *p++ = c; - } - if (dir[8] != ' ') { /* Copy name extension */ - *p++ = '.'; - for (i = 8; i < 11; i++) { - c = dir[i]; - if (c == ' ') break; - if (_USE_LFN && (nt & NS_EXT) && IsUpper(c)) c += 0x20; -#if _LFN_UNICODE - if (IsDBCS1(c) && i < 10 && IsDBCS2(dir[i+1])) - c = (c << 8) | dir[++i]; - c = ff_convert(c, 1); - if (!c) c = '?'; -#endif - *p++ = c; - } - } - fno->fattrib = dir[DIR_Attr]; /* Attribute */ - fno->fsize = LD_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize); /* Size */ - fno->fdate = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtDate); /* Date */ - fno->ftime = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime); /* Time */ - } - *p = 0; /* Terminate SFN str by a \0 */ - -#if _USE_LFN - if (fno->lfname && fno->lfsize) { - TCHAR *tp = fno->lfname; - WCHAR w, *lfn; - - i = 0; - if (dj->sect && dj->lfn_idx != 0xFFFF) {/* Get LFN if available */ - lfn = dj->lfn; - while ((w = *lfn++) != 0) { /* Get an LFN char */ -#if !_LFN_UNICODE - w = ff_convert(w, 0); /* Unicode -> OEM conversion */ - if (!w) { i = 0; break; } /* Could not convert, no LFN */ - if (_DF1S && w >= 0x100) /* Put 1st byte if it is a DBC (always false on SBCS cfg) */ - tp[i++] = (TCHAR)(w >> 8); -#endif - if (i >= fno->lfsize - 1) { i = 0; break; } /* Buffer overflow, no LFN */ - tp[i++] = (TCHAR)w; - } - } - tp[i] = 0; /* Terminate the LFN str by a \0 */ - } -#endif -} -#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 */ - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Follow a file path */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static -FRESULT follow_path ( /* FR_OK(0): successful, !=0: error code */ - DIR *dj, /* Directory object to return last directory and found object */ - const TCHAR *path /* Full-path string to find a file or directory */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - BYTE *dir, ns; - - -#if _FS_RPATH - if (*path == '/' || *path == '\\') { /* There is a heading separator */ - path++; dj->sclust = 0; /* Strip it and start from the root dir */ - } else { /* No heading separator */ - dj->sclust = dj->fs->cdir; /* Start from the current dir */ - } -#else - if (*path == '/' || *path == '\\') /* Strip heading separator if exist */ - path++; - dj->sclust = 0; /* Start from the root dir */ -#endif - - if ((UINT)*path < ' ') { /* Nul path means the start directory itself */ - res = dir_sdi(dj, 0); - dj->dir = 0; - } else { /* Follow path */ - for (;;) { - res = create_name(dj, &path); /* Get a segment */ - if (res != FR_OK) break; - res = dir_find(dj); /* Find it */ - ns = *(dj->fn+NS); - if (res != FR_OK) { /* Failed to find the object */ - if (res != FR_NO_FILE) break; /* Abort if any hard error occurred */ - /* Object not found */ - if (_FS_RPATH && (ns & NS_DOT)) { /* If dot entry is not exit */ - dj->sclust = 0; dj->dir = 0; /* It is the root dir */ - res = FR_OK; - if (!(ns & NS_LAST)) continue; - } else { /* Could not find the object */ - if (!(ns & NS_LAST)) res = FR_NO_PATH; - } - break; - } - if (ns & NS_LAST) break; /* Last segment match. Function completed. */ - dir = dj->dir; /* There is next segment. Follow the sub directory */ - if (!(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)) { /* Cannot follow because it is a file */ - res = FR_NO_PATH; break; - } - dj->sclust = ld_clust(dj->fs, dir); - } - } - - return res; -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Load a sector and check if it is an FAT Volume Boot Record */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static -BYTE check_fs ( /* 0:FAT-VBR, 1:Any BR but not FAT, 2:Not a BR, 3:Disk error */ - FATFS *fs, /* File system object */ - DWORD sect /* Sector# (lba) to check if it is an FAT boot record or not */ -) -{ - if (disk_read(fs->drv, fs->win, sect, 1) != RES_OK) /* Load boot record */ - return 3; - if (LD_WORD(&fs->win[BS_55AA]) != 0xAA55) /* Check record signature (always placed at offset 510 even if the sector size is >512) */ - return 2; - - if ((LD_DWORD(&fs->win[BS_FilSysType]) & 0xFFFFFF) == 0x544146) /* Check "FAT" string */ - return 0; - if ((LD_DWORD(&fs->win[BS_FilSysType32]) & 0xFFFFFF) == 0x544146) - return 0; - - return 1; -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Check if the file system object is valid or not */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static -FRESULT chk_mounted ( /* FR_OK(0): successful, !=0: any error occurred */ - const TCHAR **path, /* Pointer to pointer to the path name (drive number) */ - FATFS **rfs, /* Pointer to pointer to the found file system object */ - BYTE wmode /* !=0: Check write protection for write access */ -) -{ - BYTE fmt, b, pi, *tbl; - UINT vol; - DSTATUS stat; - DWORD bsect, fasize, tsect, sysect, nclst, szbfat; - WORD nrsv; - const TCHAR *p = *path; - FATFS *fs; - - - /* Get logical drive number from the path name */ - vol = p[0] - '0'; /* Is there a drive number? */ - if (vol <= 9 && p[1] == ':') { /* Found a drive number, get and strip it */ - p += 2; *path = p; /* Return pointer to the path name */ - } else { /* No drive number is given */ -#if _FS_RPATH - vol = CurrVol; /* Use current drive */ -#else - vol = 0; /* Use drive 0 */ -#endif - } - - /* Check if the file system object is valid or not */ - *rfs = 0; - if (vol >= _VOLUMES) /* Is the drive number valid? */ - return FR_INVALID_DRIVE; - fs = FatFs[vol]; /* Get corresponding file system object */ - if (!fs) return FR_NOT_ENABLED; /* Is the file system object available? */ - - ENTER_FF(fs); /* Lock file system */ - - *rfs = fs; /* Return pointer to the corresponding file system object */ - if (fs->fs_type) { /* If the volume has been mounted */ - stat = disk_status(fs->drv); - if (!(stat & STA_NOINIT)) { /* and the physical drive is kept initialized (has not been changed), */ - if (!_FS_READONLY && wmode && (stat & STA_PROTECT)) /* Check write protection if needed */ - return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED; - return FR_OK; /* The file system object is valid */ - } - } - - /* The file system object is not valid. */ - /* Following code attempts to mount the volume. (analyze BPB and initialize the fs object) */ - - fs->fs_type = 0; /* Clear the file system object */ - fs->drv = LD2PD(vol); /* Bind the logical drive and a physical drive */ - stat = disk_initialize(fs->drv); /* Initialize the physical drive */ - if (stat & STA_NOINIT) /* Check if the initialization succeeded */ - return FR_NOT_READY; /* Failed to initialize due to no medium or hard error */ - if (!_FS_READONLY && wmode && (stat & STA_PROTECT)) /* Check disk write protection if needed */ - return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED; -#if _MAX_SS != 512 /* Get disk sector size (variable sector size cfg only) */ - if (disk_ioctl(fs->drv, GET_SECTOR_SIZE, &fs->ssize) != RES_OK) - return FR_DISK_ERR; -#endif - /* Search FAT partition on the drive. Supports only generic partitions, FDISK and SFD. */ - fmt = check_fs(fs, bsect = 0); /* Load sector 0 and check if it is an FAT-VBR (in SFD) */ - if (LD2PT(vol) && !fmt) fmt = 1; /* Force non-SFD if the volume is forced partition */ - if (fmt == 1) { /* Not an FAT-VBR, the physical drive can be partitioned */ - /* Check the partition listed in the partition table */ - pi = LD2PT(vol); - if (pi) pi--; - tbl = &fs->win[MBR_Table + pi * SZ_PTE];/* Partition table */ - if (tbl[4]) { /* Is the partition existing? */ - bsect = LD_DWORD(&tbl[8]); /* Partition offset in LBA */ - fmt = check_fs(fs, bsect); /* Check the partition */ - } - } - if (fmt == 3) return FR_DISK_ERR; - if (fmt) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* No FAT volume is found */ - - /* An FAT volume is found. Following code initializes the file system object */ - - if (LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_BytsPerSec) != SS(fs)) /* (BPB_BytsPerSec must be equal to the physical sector size) */ - return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; - - fasize = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_FATSz16); /* Number of sectors per FAT */ - if (!fasize) fasize = LD_DWORD(fs->win+BPB_FATSz32); - fs->fsize = fasize; - - fs->n_fats = b = fs->win[BPB_NumFATs]; /* Number of FAT copies */ - if (b != 1 && b != 2) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (Must be 1 or 2) */ - fasize *= b; /* Number of sectors for FAT area */ - - fs->csize = b = fs->win[BPB_SecPerClus]; /* Number of sectors per cluster */ - if (!b || (b & (b - 1))) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (Must be power of 2) */ - - fs->n_rootdir = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_RootEntCnt); /* Number of root directory entries */ - if (fs->n_rootdir % (SS(fs) / SZ_DIR)) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (BPB_RootEntCnt must be sector aligned) */ - - tsect = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_TotSec16); /* Number of sectors on the volume */ - if (!tsect) tsect = LD_DWORD(fs->win+BPB_TotSec32); - - nrsv = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_RsvdSecCnt); /* Number of reserved sectors */ - if (!nrsv) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (BPB_RsvdSecCnt must not be 0) */ - - /* Determine the FAT sub type */ - sysect = nrsv + fasize + fs->n_rootdir / (SS(fs) / SZ_DIR); /* RSV+FAT+DIR */ - if (tsect < sysect) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (Invalid volume size) */ - nclst = (tsect - sysect) / fs->csize; /* Number of clusters */ - if (!nclst) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (Invalid volume size) */ - fmt = FS_FAT12; - if (nclst >= MIN_FAT16) fmt = FS_FAT16; - if (nclst >= MIN_FAT32) fmt = FS_FAT32; - - /* Boundaries and Limits */ - fs->n_fatent = nclst + 2; /* Number of FAT entries */ - fs->database = bsect + sysect; /* Data start sector */ - fs->fatbase = bsect + nrsv; /* FAT start sector */ - if (fmt == FS_FAT32) { - if (fs->n_rootdir) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (BPB_RootEntCnt must be 0) */ - fs->dirbase = LD_DWORD(fs->win+BPB_RootClus); /* Root directory start cluster */ - szbfat = fs->n_fatent * 4; /* (Required FAT size) */ - } else { - if (!fs->n_rootdir) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (BPB_RootEntCnt must not be 0) */ - fs->dirbase = fs->fatbase + fasize; /* Root directory start sector */ - szbfat = (fmt == FS_FAT16) ? /* (Required FAT size) */ - fs->n_fatent * 2 : fs->n_fatent * 3 / 2 + (fs->n_fatent & 1); - } - if (fs->fsize < (szbfat + (SS(fs) - 1)) / SS(fs)) /* (BPB_FATSz must not be less than required) */ - return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; - -#if !_FS_READONLY - /* Initialize cluster allocation information */ - fs->free_clust = 0xFFFFFFFF; - fs->last_clust = 0; - - /* Get fsinfo if available */ - if (fmt == FS_FAT32) { - fs->fsi_flag = 0; - fs->fsi_sector = bsect + LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_FSInfo); - if (disk_read(fs->drv, fs->win, fs->fsi_sector, 1) == RES_OK && - LD_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA) == 0xAA55 && - LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_LeadSig) == 0x41615252 && - LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_StrucSig) == 0x61417272) { - fs->last_clust = LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Nxt_Free); - fs->free_clust = LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Free_Count); - } - } -#endif - fs->fs_type = fmt; /* FAT sub-type */ - fs->id = ++Fsid; /* File system mount ID */ - fs->winsect = 0; /* Invalidate sector cache */ - fs->wflag = 0; -#if _FS_RPATH - fs->cdir = 0; /* Current directory (root dir) */ -#endif -#if _FS_LOCK /* Clear file lock semaphores */ - clear_lock(fs); -#endif - - return FR_OK; -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Check if the file/dir object is valid or not */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static -FRESULT validate ( /* FR_OK(0): The object is valid, !=0: Invalid */ - void* obj /* Pointer to the object FIL/DIR to check validity */ -) -{ - FIL *fil; - - - fil = (FIL*)obj; /* Assuming offset of fs and id in the FIL/DIR is identical */ - if (!fil->fs || !fil->fs->fs_type || fil->fs->id != fil->id) - return FR_INVALID_OBJECT; - - ENTER_FF(fil->fs); /* Lock file system */ - - if (disk_status(fil->fs->drv) & STA_NOINIT) - return FR_NOT_READY; - - return FR_OK; -} - - - - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - Public Functions - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Mount/Unmount a Logical Drive */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_mount ( - BYTE vol, /* Logical drive number to be mounted/unmounted */ - FATFS *fs /* Pointer to new file system object (NULL for unmount)*/ -) -{ - FATFS *rfs; - - - if (vol >= _VOLUMES) /* Check if the drive number is valid */ - return FR_INVALID_DRIVE; - rfs = FatFs[vol]; /* Get current fs object */ - - if (rfs) { -#if _FS_LOCK - clear_lock(rfs); -#endif -#if _FS_REENTRANT /* Discard sync object of the current volume */ - if (!ff_del_syncobj(rfs->sobj)) return FR_INT_ERR; -#endif - rfs->fs_type = 0; /* Clear old fs object */ - } - - if (fs) { - fs->fs_type = 0; /* Clear new fs object */ -#if _FS_REENTRANT /* Create sync object for the new volume */ - if (!ff_cre_syncobj(vol, &fs->sobj)) return FR_INT_ERR; -#endif - } - FatFs[vol] = fs; /* Register new fs object */ - - return FR_OK; -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Open or Create a File */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_open ( - FIL *fp, /* Pointer to the blank file object */ - const TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the file name */ - BYTE mode /* Access mode and file open mode flags */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DIR dj; - BYTE *dir; - DEF_NAMEBUF; - - - if (!fp) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT; - fp->fs = 0; /* Clear file object */ - -#if !_FS_READONLY - mode &= FA_READ | FA_WRITE | FA_CREATE_ALWAYS | FA_OPEN_ALWAYS | FA_CREATE_NEW; - res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, (BYTE)(mode & ~FA_READ)); -#else - mode &= FA_READ; - res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 0); -#endif - if (res == FR_OK) { - INIT_BUF(dj); - res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */ - dir = dj.dir; -#if !_FS_READONLY /* R/W configuration */ - if (res == FR_OK) { - if (!dir) /* Current dir itself */ - res = FR_INVALID_NAME; -#if _FS_LOCK - else - res = chk_lock(&dj, (mode & ~FA_READ) ? 1 : 0); -#endif - } - /* Create or Open a file */ - if (mode & (FA_CREATE_ALWAYS | FA_OPEN_ALWAYS | FA_CREATE_NEW)) { - DWORD dw, cl; - - if (res != FR_OK) { /* No file, create new */ - if (res == FR_NO_FILE) /* There is no file to open, create a new entry */ -#if _FS_LOCK - res = enq_lock() ? dir_register(&dj) : FR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES; -#else - res = dir_register(&dj); -#endif - mode |= FA_CREATE_ALWAYS; /* File is created */ - dir = dj.dir; /* New entry */ - } - else { /* Any object is already existing */ - if (dir[DIR_Attr] & (AM_RDO | AM_DIR)) { /* Cannot overwrite it (R/O or DIR) */ - res = FR_DENIED; - } else { - if (mode & FA_CREATE_NEW) /* Cannot create as new file */ - res = FR_EXIST; - } - } - if (res == FR_OK && (mode & FA_CREATE_ALWAYS)) { /* Truncate it if overwrite mode */ - dw = get_fattime(); /* Created time */ - ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_CrtTime, dw); - dir[DIR_Attr] = 0; /* Reset attribute */ - ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize, 0); /* size = 0 */ - cl = ld_clust(dj.fs, dir); /* Get start cluster */ - st_clust(dir, 0); /* cluster = 0 */ - dj.fs->wflag = 1; - if (cl) { /* Remove the cluster chain if exist */ - dw = dj.fs->winsect; - res = remove_chain(dj.fs, cl); - if (res == FR_OK) { - dj.fs->last_clust = cl - 1; /* Reuse the cluster hole */ - res = move_window(dj.fs, dw); - } - } - } - } - else { /* Open an existing file */ - if (res == FR_OK) { /* Follow succeeded */ - if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) { /* It is a directory */ - res = FR_NO_FILE; - } else { - if ((mode & FA_WRITE) && (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_RDO)) /* R/O violation */ - res = FR_DENIED; - } - } - } - if (res == FR_OK) { - if (mode & FA_CREATE_ALWAYS) /* Set file change flag if created or overwritten */ - mode |= FA__WRITTEN; - fp->dir_sect = dj.fs->winsect; /* Pointer to the directory entry */ - fp->dir_ptr = dir; -#if _FS_LOCK - fp->lockid = inc_lock(&dj, (mode & ~FA_READ) ? 1 : 0); - if (!fp->lockid) res = FR_INT_ERR; -#endif - } - -#else /* R/O configuration */ - if (res == FR_OK) { /* Follow succeeded */ - dir = dj.dir; - if (!dir) { /* Current dir itself */ - res = FR_INVALID_NAME; - } else { - if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) /* It is a directory */ - res = FR_NO_FILE; - } - } -#endif - FREE_BUF(); - - if (res == FR_OK) { - fp->flag = mode; /* File access mode */ - fp->sclust = ld_clust(dj.fs, dir); /* File start cluster */ - fp->fsize = LD_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize); /* File size */ - fp->fptr = 0; /* File pointer */ - fp->dsect = 0; -#if _USE_FASTSEEK - fp->cltbl = 0; /* Normal seek mode */ -#endif - fp->fs = dj.fs; fp->id = dj.fs->id; /* Validate file object */ - } - } - - LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Read File */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_read ( - FIL *fp, /* Pointer to the file object */ - void *buff, /* Pointer to data buffer */ - UINT btr, /* Number of bytes to read */ - UINT *br /* Pointer to number of bytes read */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DWORD clst, sect, remain; - UINT rcnt, cc; - BYTE csect, *rbuff = buff; - - - *br = 0; /* Clear read byte counter */ - - res = validate(fp); /* Check validity */ - if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res); - if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR) /* Aborted file? */ - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - if (!(fp->flag & FA_READ)) /* Check access mode */ - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED); - remain = fp->fsize - fp->fptr; - if (btr > remain) btr = (UINT)remain; /* Truncate btr by remaining bytes */ - - for ( ; btr; /* Repeat until all data read */ - rbuff += rcnt, fp->fptr += rcnt, *br += rcnt, btr -= rcnt) { - if ((fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)) == 0) { /* On the sector boundary? */ - csect = (BYTE)(fp->fptr / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1)); /* Sector offset in the cluster */ - if (!csect) { /* On the cluster boundary? */ - if (fp->fptr == 0) { /* On the top of the file? */ - clst = fp->sclust; /* Follow from the origin */ - } else { /* Middle or end of the file */ -#if _USE_FASTSEEK - if (fp->cltbl) - clst = clmt_clust(fp, fp->fptr); /* Get cluster# from the CLMT */ - else -#endif - clst = get_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust); /* Follow cluster chain on the FAT */ - } - if (clst < 2) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - fp->clust = clst; /* Update current cluster */ - } - sect = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust); /* Get current sector */ - if (!sect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - sect += csect; - cc = btr / SS(fp->fs); /* When remaining bytes >= sector size, */ - if (cc) { /* Read maximum contiguous sectors directly */ - if (csect + cc > fp->fs->csize) /* Clip at cluster boundary */ - cc = fp->fs->csize - csect; - if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, rbuff, sect, (BYTE)cc) != RES_OK) - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); -#if !_FS_READONLY && _FS_MINIMIZE <= 2 /* Replace one of the read sectors with cached data if it contains a dirty sector */ -#if _FS_TINY - if (fp->fs->wflag && fp->fs->winsect - sect < cc) - mem_cpy(rbuff + ((fp->fs->winsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), fp->fs->win, SS(fp->fs)); -#else - if ((fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) && fp->dsect - sect < cc) - mem_cpy(rbuff + ((fp->dsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), fp->buf, SS(fp->fs)); -#endif -#endif - rcnt = SS(fp->fs) * cc; /* Number of bytes transferred */ - continue; - } -#if !_FS_TINY - if (fp->dsect != sect) { /* Load data sector if not in cache */ -#if !_FS_READONLY - if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) { /* Write-back dirty sector cache */ - if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK) - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY; - } -#endif - if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, sect, 1) != RES_OK) /* Fill sector cache */ - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - } -#endif - fp->dsect = sect; - } - rcnt = SS(fp->fs) - ((UINT)fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)); /* Get partial sector data from sector buffer */ - if (rcnt > btr) rcnt = btr; -#if _FS_TINY - if (move_window(fp->fs, fp->dsect)) /* Move sector window */ - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - mem_cpy(rbuff, &fp->fs->win[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], rcnt); /* Pick partial sector */ -#else - mem_cpy(rbuff, &fp->buf[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], rcnt); /* Pick partial sector */ -#endif - } - - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_OK); -} - - - - -#if !_FS_READONLY -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Write File */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_write ( - FIL *fp, /* Pointer to the file object */ - const void *buff, /* Pointer to the data to be written */ - UINT btw, /* Number of bytes to write */ - UINT *bw /* Pointer to number of bytes written */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DWORD clst, sect; - UINT wcnt, cc; - const BYTE *wbuff = buff; - BYTE csect; - - - *bw = 0; /* Clear write byte counter */ - - res = validate(fp); /* Check validity */ - if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res); - if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR) /* Aborted file? */ - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - if (!(fp->flag & FA_WRITE)) /* Check access mode */ - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED); - if ((DWORD)(fp->fsize + btw) < fp->fsize) btw = 0; /* File size cannot reach 4GB */ - - for ( ; btw; /* Repeat until all data written */ - wbuff += wcnt, fp->fptr += wcnt, *bw += wcnt, btw -= wcnt) { - if ((fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)) == 0) { /* On the sector boundary? */ - csect = (BYTE)(fp->fptr / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1)); /* Sector offset in the cluster */ - if (!csect) { /* On the cluster boundary? */ - if (fp->fptr == 0) { /* On the top of the file? */ - clst = fp->sclust; /* Follow from the origin */ - if (clst == 0) /* When no cluster is allocated, */ - fp->sclust = clst = create_chain(fp->fs, 0); /* Create a new cluster chain */ - } else { /* Middle or end of the file */ -#if _USE_FASTSEEK - if (fp->cltbl) - clst = clmt_clust(fp, fp->fptr); /* Get cluster# from the CLMT */ - else -#endif - clst = create_chain(fp->fs, fp->clust); /* Follow or stretch cluster chain on the FAT */ - } - if (clst == 0) break; /* Could not allocate a new cluster (disk full) */ - if (clst == 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - fp->clust = clst; /* Update current cluster */ - } -#if _FS_TINY - if (fp->fs->winsect == fp->dsect && move_window(fp->fs, 0)) /* Write-back sector cache */ - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); -#else - if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) { /* Write-back sector cache */ - if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK) - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY; - } -#endif - sect = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust); /* Get current sector */ - if (!sect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - sect += csect; - cc = btw / SS(fp->fs); /* When remaining bytes >= sector size, */ - if (cc) { /* Write maximum contiguous sectors directly */ - if (csect + cc > fp->fs->csize) /* Clip at cluster boundary */ - cc = fp->fs->csize - csect; - if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, wbuff, sect, (BYTE)cc) != RES_OK) - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); -#if _FS_TINY - if (fp->fs->winsect - sect < cc) { /* Refill sector cache if it gets invalidated by the direct write */ - mem_cpy(fp->fs->win, wbuff + ((fp->fs->winsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), SS(fp->fs)); - fp->fs->wflag = 0; - } -#else - if (fp->dsect - sect < cc) { /* Refill sector cache if it gets invalidated by the direct write */ - mem_cpy(fp->buf, wbuff + ((fp->dsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), SS(fp->fs)); - fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY; - } -#endif - wcnt = SS(fp->fs) * cc; /* Number of bytes transferred */ - continue; - } -#if _FS_TINY - if (fp->fptr >= fp->fsize) { /* Avoid silly cache filling at growing edge */ - if (move_window(fp->fs, 0)) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - fp->fs->winsect = sect; - } -#else - if (fp->dsect != sect) { /* Fill sector cache with file data */ - if (fp->fptr < fp->fsize && - disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, sect, 1) != RES_OK) - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - } -#endif - fp->dsect = sect; - } - wcnt = SS(fp->fs) - ((UINT)fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs));/* Put partial sector into file I/O buffer */ - if (wcnt > btw) wcnt = btw; -#if _FS_TINY - if (move_window(fp->fs, fp->dsect)) /* Move sector window */ - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - mem_cpy(&fp->fs->win[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], wbuff, wcnt); /* Fit partial sector */ - fp->fs->wflag = 1; -#else - mem_cpy(&fp->buf[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], wbuff, wcnt); /* Fit partial sector */ - fp->flag |= FA__DIRTY; -#endif - } - - if (fp->fptr > fp->fsize) fp->fsize = fp->fptr; /* Update file size if needed */ - fp->flag |= FA__WRITTEN; /* Set file change flag */ - - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_OK); -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Synchronize the File Object */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_sync ( - FIL *fp /* Pointer to the file object */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DWORD tim; - BYTE *dir; - - - res = validate(fp); /* Check validity of the object */ - if (res == FR_OK) { - if (fp->flag & FA__WRITTEN) { /* Has the file been written? */ -#if !_FS_TINY /* Write-back dirty buffer */ - if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) { - if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK) - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY; - } -#endif - /* Update the directory entry */ - res = move_window(fp->fs, fp->dir_sect); - if (res == FR_OK) { - dir = fp->dir_ptr; - dir[DIR_Attr] |= AM_ARC; /* Set archive bit */ - ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize, fp->fsize); /* Update file size */ - st_clust(dir, fp->sclust); /* Update start cluster */ - tim = get_fattime(); /* Update updated time */ - ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, tim); - ST_WORD(dir+DIR_LstAccDate, 0); - fp->flag &= ~FA__WRITTEN; - fp->fs->wflag = 1; - res = sync(fp->fs); - } - } - } - - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res); -} - -#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */ - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Close File */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_close ( - FIL *fp /* Pointer to the file object to be closed */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - - -#if _FS_READONLY - res = validate(fp); - { -#if _FS_REENTRANT - FATFS *fs = fp->fs; -#endif - if (res == FR_OK) fp->fs = 0; /* Discard file object */ - LEAVE_FF(fs, res); - } -#else - res = f_sync(fp); /* Flush cached data */ -#if _FS_LOCK - if (res == FR_OK) { /* Decrement open counter */ -#if _FS_REENTRANT - FATFS *fs = fp->fs;; - res = validate(fp); - if (res == FR_OK) { - res = dec_lock(fp->lockid); - unlock_fs(fs, FR_OK); - } -#else - res = dec_lock(fp->lockid); -#endif - } -#endif - if (res == FR_OK) fp->fs = 0; /* Discard file object */ - return res; -#endif -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Current Drive/Directory Handlings */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if _FS_RPATH >= 1 - -FRESULT f_chdrive ( - BYTE drv /* Drive number */ -) -{ - if (drv >= _VOLUMES) return FR_INVALID_DRIVE; - - CurrVol = drv; - - return FR_OK; -} - - - -FRESULT f_chdir ( - const TCHAR *path /* Pointer to the directory path */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DIR dj; - DEF_NAMEBUF; - - - res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 0); - if (res == FR_OK) { - INIT_BUF(dj); - res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the path */ - FREE_BUF(); - if (res == FR_OK) { /* Follow completed */ - if (!dj.dir) { - dj.fs->cdir = dj.sclust; /* Start directory itself */ - } else { - if (dj.dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) /* Reached to the directory */ - dj.fs->cdir = ld_clust(dj.fs, dj.dir); - else - res = FR_NO_PATH; /* Reached but a file */ - } - } - if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_NO_PATH; - } - - LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); -} - - -#if _FS_RPATH >= 2 -FRESULT f_getcwd ( - TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the directory path */ - UINT sz_path /* Size of path */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DIR dj; - UINT i, n; - DWORD ccl; - TCHAR *tp; - FILINFO fno; - DEF_NAMEBUF; - - - *path = 0; - res = chk_mounted((const TCHAR**)&path, &dj.fs, 0); /* Get current volume */ - if (res == FR_OK) { - INIT_BUF(dj); - i = sz_path; /* Bottom of buffer (dir stack base) */ - dj.sclust = dj.fs->cdir; /* Start to follow upper dir from current dir */ - while ((ccl = dj.sclust) != 0) { /* Repeat while current dir is a sub-dir */ - res = dir_sdi(&dj, 1); /* Get parent dir */ - if (res != FR_OK) break; - res = dir_read(&dj); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - dj.sclust = ld_clust(dj.fs, dj.dir); /* Goto parent dir */ - res = dir_sdi(&dj, 0); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - do { /* Find the entry links to the child dir */ - res = dir_read(&dj); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - if (ccl == ld_clust(dj.fs, dj.dir)) break; /* Found the entry */ - res = dir_next(&dj, 0); - } while (res == FR_OK); - if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_INT_ERR;/* It cannot be 'not found'. */ - if (res != FR_OK) break; -#if _USE_LFN - fno.lfname = path; - fno.lfsize = i; -#endif - get_fileinfo(&dj, &fno); /* Get the dir name and push it to the buffer */ - tp = fno.fname; - if (_USE_LFN && *path) tp = path; - for (n = 0; tp[n]; n++) ; - if (i < n + 3) { - res = FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE; break; - } - while (n) path[--i] = tp[--n]; - path[--i] = '/'; - } - tp = path; - if (res == FR_OK) { - *tp++ = '0' + CurrVol; /* Put drive number */ - *tp++ = ':'; - if (i == sz_path) { /* Root-dir */ - *tp++ = '/'; - } else { /* Sub-dir */ - do /* Add stacked path str */ - *tp++ = path[i++]; - while (i < sz_path); - } - } - *tp = 0; - FREE_BUF(); - } - - LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); -} -#endif /* _FS_RPATH >= 2 */ -#endif /* _FS_RPATH >= 1 */ - - - -#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 2 -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Seek File R/W Pointer */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_lseek ( - FIL *fp, /* Pointer to the file object */ - DWORD ofs /* File pointer from top of file */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - - - res = validate(fp); /* Check validity of the object */ - if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res); - if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR) /* Check abort flag */ - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - -#if _USE_FASTSEEK - if (fp->cltbl) { /* Fast seek */ - DWORD cl, pcl, ncl, tcl, dsc, tlen, ulen, *tbl; - - if (ofs == CREATE_LINKMAP) { /* Create CLMT */ - tbl = fp->cltbl; - tlen = *tbl++; ulen = 2; /* Given table size and required table size */ - cl = fp->sclust; /* Top of the chain */ - if (cl) { - do { - /* Get a fragment */ - tcl = cl; ncl = 0; ulen += 2; /* Top, length and used items */ - do { - pcl = cl; ncl++; - cl = get_fat(fp->fs, cl); - if (cl <= 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - if (cl == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - } while (cl == pcl + 1); - if (ulen <= tlen) { /* Store the length and top of the fragment */ - *tbl++ = ncl; *tbl++ = tcl; - } - } while (cl < fp->fs->n_fatent); /* Repeat until end of chain */ - } - *fp->cltbl = ulen; /* Number of items used */ - if (ulen <= tlen) - *tbl = 0; /* Terminate table */ - else - res = FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE; /* Given table size is smaller than required */ - - } else { /* Fast seek */ - if (ofs > fp->fsize) /* Clip offset at the file size */ - ofs = fp->fsize; - fp->fptr = ofs; /* Set file pointer */ - if (ofs) { - fp->clust = clmt_clust(fp, ofs - 1); - dsc = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust); - if (!dsc) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - dsc += (ofs - 1) / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1); - if (fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs) && dsc != fp->dsect) { /* Refill sector cache if needed */ -#if !_FS_TINY -#if !_FS_READONLY - if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) { /* Write-back dirty sector cache */ - if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK) - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY; - } -#endif - if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, dsc, 1) != RES_OK) /* Load current sector */ - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); -#endif - fp->dsect = dsc; - } - } - } - } else -#endif - - /* Normal Seek */ - { - DWORD clst, bcs, nsect, ifptr; - - if (ofs > fp->fsize /* In read-only mode, clip offset with the file size */ -#if !_FS_READONLY - && !(fp->flag & FA_WRITE) -#endif - ) ofs = fp->fsize; - - ifptr = fp->fptr; - fp->fptr = nsect = 0; - if (ofs) { - bcs = (DWORD)fp->fs->csize * SS(fp->fs); /* Cluster size (byte) */ - if (ifptr > 0 && - (ofs - 1) / bcs >= (ifptr - 1) / bcs) { /* When seek to same or following cluster, */ - fp->fptr = (ifptr - 1) & ~(bcs - 1); /* start from the current cluster */ - ofs -= fp->fptr; - clst = fp->clust; - } else { /* When seek to back cluster, */ - clst = fp->sclust; /* start from the first cluster */ -#if !_FS_READONLY - if (clst == 0) { /* If no cluster chain, create a new chain */ - clst = create_chain(fp->fs, 0); - if (clst == 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - fp->sclust = clst; - } -#endif - fp->clust = clst; - } - if (clst != 0) { - while (ofs > bcs) { /* Cluster following loop */ -#if !_FS_READONLY - if (fp->flag & FA_WRITE) { /* Check if in write mode or not */ - clst = create_chain(fp->fs, clst); /* Force stretch if in write mode */ - if (clst == 0) { /* When disk gets full, clip file size */ - ofs = bcs; break; - } - } else -#endif - clst = get_fat(fp->fs, clst); /* Follow cluster chain if not in write mode */ - if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - if (clst <= 1 || clst >= fp->fs->n_fatent) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - fp->clust = clst; - fp->fptr += bcs; - ofs -= bcs; - } - fp->fptr += ofs; - if (ofs % SS(fp->fs)) { - nsect = clust2sect(fp->fs, clst); /* Current sector */ - if (!nsect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - nsect += ofs / SS(fp->fs); - } - } - } - if (fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs) && nsect != fp->dsect) { /* Fill sector cache if needed */ -#if !_FS_TINY -#if !_FS_READONLY - if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) { /* Write-back dirty sector cache */ - if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK) - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY; - } -#endif - if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, nsect, 1) != RES_OK) /* Fill sector cache */ - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); -#endif - fp->dsect = nsect; - } -#if !_FS_READONLY - if (fp->fptr > fp->fsize) { /* Set file change flag if the file size is extended */ - fp->fsize = fp->fptr; - fp->flag |= FA__WRITTEN; - } -#endif - } - - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res); -} - - - -#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Create a Directory Object */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_opendir ( - DIR *dj, /* Pointer to directory object to create */ - const TCHAR *path /* Pointer to the directory path */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - FATFS *fs; - DEF_NAMEBUF; - - - if (!dj) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT; - - res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj->fs, 0); - fs = dj->fs; - if (res == FR_OK) { - INIT_BUF(*dj); - res = follow_path(dj, path); /* Follow the path to the directory */ - FREE_BUF(); - if (res == FR_OK) { /* Follow completed */ - if (dj->dir) { /* It is not the root dir */ - if (dj->dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) { /* The object is a directory */ - dj->sclust = ld_clust(fs, dj->dir); - } else { /* The object is not a directory */ - res = FR_NO_PATH; - } - } - if (res == FR_OK) { - dj->id = fs->id; - res = dir_sdi(dj, 0); /* Rewind dir */ - } - } - if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_NO_PATH; - if (res != FR_OK) dj->fs = 0; /* Invalidate the dir object if function faild */ - } else { - dj->fs = 0; - } - - LEAVE_FF(fs, res); -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Read Directory Entry in Sequence */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_readdir ( - DIR *dj, /* Pointer to the open directory object */ - FILINFO *fno /* Pointer to file information to return */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DEF_NAMEBUF; - - - res = validate(dj); /* Check validity of the object */ - if (res == FR_OK) { - if (!fno) { - res = dir_sdi(dj, 0); /* Rewind the directory object */ - } else { - INIT_BUF(*dj); - res = dir_read(dj); /* Read an directory item */ - if (res == FR_NO_FILE) { /* Reached end of dir */ - dj->sect = 0; - res = FR_OK; - } - if (res == FR_OK) { /* A valid entry is found */ - get_fileinfo(dj, fno); /* Get the object information */ - res = dir_next(dj, 0); /* Increment index for next */ - if (res == FR_NO_FILE) { - dj->sect = 0; - res = FR_OK; - } - } - FREE_BUF(); - } - } - - LEAVE_FF(dj->fs, res); -} - - - -#if _FS_MINIMIZE == 0 -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Get File Status */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_stat ( - const TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the file path */ - FILINFO *fno /* Pointer to file information to return */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DIR dj; - DEF_NAMEBUF; - - - res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 0); - if (res == FR_OK) { - INIT_BUF(dj); - res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */ - if (res == FR_OK) { /* Follow completed */ - if (dj.dir) /* Found an object */ - get_fileinfo(&dj, fno); - else /* It is root dir */ - res = FR_INVALID_NAME; - } - FREE_BUF(); - } - - LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); -} - - - -#if !_FS_READONLY -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Get Number of Free Clusters */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_getfree ( - const TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the logical drive number (root dir) */ - DWORD *nclst, /* Pointer to the variable to return number of free clusters */ - FATFS **fatfs /* Pointer to pointer to corresponding file system object to return */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - FATFS *fs; - DWORD n, clst, sect, stat; - UINT i; - BYTE fat, *p; - - - /* Get drive number */ - res = chk_mounted(&path, fatfs, 0); - fs = *fatfs; - if (res == FR_OK) { - /* If free_clust is valid, return it without full cluster scan */ - if (fs->free_clust <= fs->n_fatent - 2) { - *nclst = fs->free_clust; - } else { - /* Get number of free clusters */ - fat = fs->fs_type; - n = 0; - if (fat == FS_FAT12) { - clst = 2; - do { - stat = get_fat(fs, clst); - if (stat == 0xFFFFFFFF) { res = FR_DISK_ERR; break; } - if (stat == 1) { res = FR_INT_ERR; break; } - if (stat == 0) n++; - } while (++clst < fs->n_fatent); - } else { - clst = fs->n_fatent; - sect = fs->fatbase; - i = 0; p = 0; - do { - if (!i) { - res = move_window(fs, sect++); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - p = fs->win; - i = SS(fs); - } - if (fat == FS_FAT16) { - if (LD_WORD(p) == 0) n++; - p += 2; i -= 2; - } else { - if ((LD_DWORD(p) & 0x0FFFFFFF) == 0) n++; - p += 4; i -= 4; - } - } while (--clst); - } - fs->free_clust = n; - if (fat == FS_FAT32) fs->fsi_flag = 1; - *nclst = n; - } - } - LEAVE_FF(fs, res); -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Truncate File */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_truncate ( - FIL *fp /* Pointer to the file object */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DWORD ncl; - - - if (!fp) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT; - - res = validate(fp); /* Check validity of the object */ - if (res == FR_OK) { - if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR) { /* Check abort flag */ - res = FR_INT_ERR; - } else { - if (!(fp->flag & FA_WRITE)) /* Check access mode */ - res = FR_DENIED; - } - } - if (res == FR_OK) { - if (fp->fsize > fp->fptr) { - fp->fsize = fp->fptr; /* Set file size to current R/W point */ - fp->flag |= FA__WRITTEN; - if (fp->fptr == 0) { /* When set file size to zero, remove entire cluster chain */ - res = remove_chain(fp->fs, fp->sclust); - fp->sclust = 0; - } else { /* When truncate a part of the file, remove remaining clusters */ - ncl = get_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust); - res = FR_OK; - if (ncl == 0xFFFFFFFF) res = FR_DISK_ERR; - if (ncl == 1) res = FR_INT_ERR; - if (res == FR_OK && ncl < fp->fs->n_fatent) { - res = put_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust, 0x0FFFFFFF); - if (res == FR_OK) res = remove_chain(fp->fs, ncl); - } - } - } - if (res != FR_OK) fp->flag |= FA__ERROR; - } - - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res); -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Delete a File or Directory */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_unlink ( - const TCHAR *path /* Pointer to the file or directory path */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DIR dj, sdj; - BYTE *dir; - DWORD dclst; - DEF_NAMEBUF; - - - res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1); - if (res == FR_OK) { - INIT_BUF(dj); - res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */ - if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT)) - res = FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Cannot remove dot entry */ -#if _FS_LOCK - if (res == FR_OK) res = chk_lock(&dj, 2); /* Cannot remove open file */ -#endif - if (res == FR_OK) { /* The object is accessible */ - dir = dj.dir; - if (!dir) { - res = FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Cannot remove the start directory */ - } else { - if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_RDO) - res = FR_DENIED; /* Cannot remove R/O object */ - } - dclst = ld_clust(dj.fs, dir); - if (res == FR_OK && (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)) { /* Is it a sub-dir? */ - if (dclst < 2) { - res = FR_INT_ERR; - } else { - mem_cpy(&sdj, &dj, sizeof (DIR)); /* Check if the sub-dir is empty or not */ - sdj.sclust = dclst; - res = dir_sdi(&sdj, 2); /* Exclude dot entries */ - if (res == FR_OK) { - res = dir_read(&sdj); - if (res == FR_OK /* Not empty dir */ -#if _FS_RPATH - || dclst == dj.fs->cdir /* Current dir */ -#endif - ) res = FR_DENIED; - if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_OK; /* Empty */ - } - } - } - if (res == FR_OK) { - res = dir_remove(&dj); /* Remove the directory entry */ - if (res == FR_OK) { - if (dclst) /* Remove the cluster chain if exist */ - res = remove_chain(dj.fs, dclst); - if (res == FR_OK) res = sync(dj.fs); - } - } - } - FREE_BUF(); - } - LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Create a Directory */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_mkdir ( - const TCHAR *path /* Pointer to the directory path */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DIR dj; - BYTE *dir, n; - DWORD dsc, dcl, pcl, tim = get_fattime(); - DEF_NAMEBUF; - - - res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1); - if (res == FR_OK) { - INIT_BUF(dj); - res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */ - if (res == FR_OK) res = FR_EXIST; /* Any object with same name is already existing */ - if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_NO_FILE && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT)) - res = FR_INVALID_NAME; - if (res == FR_NO_FILE) { /* Can create a new directory */ - dcl = create_chain(dj.fs, 0); /* Allocate a cluster for the new directory table */ - res = FR_OK; - if (dcl == 0) res = FR_DENIED; /* No space to allocate a new cluster */ - if (dcl == 1) res = FR_INT_ERR; - if (dcl == 0xFFFFFFFF) res = FR_DISK_ERR; - if (res == FR_OK) /* Flush FAT */ - res = move_window(dj.fs, 0); - if (res == FR_OK) { /* Initialize the new directory table */ - dsc = clust2sect(dj.fs, dcl); - dir = dj.fs->win; - mem_set(dir, 0, SS(dj.fs)); - mem_set(dir+DIR_Name, ' ', 8+3); /* Create "." entry */ - dir[DIR_Name] = '.'; - dir[DIR_Attr] = AM_DIR; - ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, tim); - st_clust(dir, dcl); - mem_cpy(dir+SZ_DIR, dir, SZ_DIR); /* Create ".." entry */ - dir[33] = '.'; pcl = dj.sclust; - if (dj.fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32 && pcl == dj.fs->dirbase) - pcl = 0; - st_clust(dir+SZ_DIR, pcl); - for (n = dj.fs->csize; n; n--) { /* Write dot entries and clear following sectors */ - dj.fs->winsect = dsc++; - dj.fs->wflag = 1; - res = move_window(dj.fs, 0); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - mem_set(dir, 0, SS(dj.fs)); - } - } - if (res == FR_OK) res = dir_register(&dj); /* Register the object to the directoy */ - if (res != FR_OK) { - remove_chain(dj.fs, dcl); /* Could not register, remove cluster chain */ - } else { - dir = dj.dir; - dir[DIR_Attr] = AM_DIR; /* Attribute */ - ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, tim); /* Created time */ - st_clust(dir, dcl); /* Table start cluster */ - dj.fs->wflag = 1; - res = sync(dj.fs); - } - } - FREE_BUF(); - } - - LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Change Attribute */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_chmod ( - const TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the file path */ - BYTE value, /* Attribute bits */ - BYTE mask /* Attribute mask to change */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DIR dj; - BYTE *dir; - DEF_NAMEBUF; - - - res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1); - if (res == FR_OK) { - INIT_BUF(dj); - res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */ - FREE_BUF(); - if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT)) - res = FR_INVALID_NAME; - if (res == FR_OK) { - dir = dj.dir; - if (!dir) { /* Is it a root directory? */ - res = FR_INVALID_NAME; - } else { /* File or sub directory */ - mask &= AM_RDO|AM_HID|AM_SYS|AM_ARC; /* Valid attribute mask */ - dir[DIR_Attr] = (value & mask) | (dir[DIR_Attr] & (BYTE)~mask); /* Apply attribute change */ - dj.fs->wflag = 1; - res = sync(dj.fs); - } - } - } - - LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Change Timestamp */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_utime ( - const TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the file/directory name */ - const FILINFO *fno /* Pointer to the time stamp to be set */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DIR dj; - BYTE *dir; - DEF_NAMEBUF; - - - res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1); - if (res == FR_OK) { - INIT_BUF(dj); - res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */ - FREE_BUF(); - if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT)) - res = FR_INVALID_NAME; - if (res == FR_OK) { - dir = dj.dir; - if (!dir) { /* Root directory */ - res = FR_INVALID_NAME; - } else { /* File or sub-directory */ - ST_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, fno->ftime); - ST_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtDate, fno->fdate); - dj.fs->wflag = 1; - res = sync(dj.fs); - } - } - } - - LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Rename File/Directory */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_rename ( - const TCHAR *path_old, /* Pointer to the old name */ - const TCHAR *path_new /* Pointer to the new name */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DIR djo, djn; - BYTE buf[21], *dir; - DWORD dw; - DEF_NAMEBUF; - - - res = chk_mounted(&path_old, &djo.fs, 1); - if (res == FR_OK) { - djn.fs = djo.fs; - INIT_BUF(djo); - res = follow_path(&djo, path_old); /* Check old object */ - if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (djo.fn[NS] & NS_DOT)) - res = FR_INVALID_NAME; -#if _FS_LOCK - if (res == FR_OK) res = chk_lock(&djo, 2); -#endif - if (res == FR_OK) { /* Old object is found */ - if (!djo.dir) { /* Is root dir? */ - res = FR_NO_FILE; - } else { - mem_cpy(buf, djo.dir+DIR_Attr, 21); /* Save the object information except for name */ - mem_cpy(&djn, &djo, sizeof (DIR)); /* Check new object */ - res = follow_path(&djn, path_new); - if (res == FR_OK) res = FR_EXIST; /* The new object name is already existing */ - if (res == FR_NO_FILE) { /* Is it a valid path and no name collision? */ -/* Start critical section that an interruption or error can cause cross-link */ - res = dir_register(&djn); /* Register the new entry */ - if (res == FR_OK) { - dir = djn.dir; /* Copy object information except for name */ - mem_cpy(dir+13, buf+2, 19); - dir[DIR_Attr] = buf[0] | AM_ARC; - djo.fs->wflag = 1; - if (djo.sclust != djn.sclust && (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)) { /* Update .. entry in the directory if needed */ - dw = clust2sect(djo.fs, ld_clust(djo.fs, dir)); - if (!dw) { - res = FR_INT_ERR; - } else { - res = move_window(djo.fs, dw); - dir = djo.fs->win+SZ_DIR; /* .. entry */ - if (res == FR_OK && dir[1] == '.') { - dw = (djo.fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32 && djn.sclust == djo.fs->dirbase) ? 0 : djn.sclust; - st_clust(dir, dw); - djo.fs->wflag = 1; - } - } - } - if (res == FR_OK) { - res = dir_remove(&djo); /* Remove old entry */ - if (res == FR_OK) - res = sync(djo.fs); - } - } -/* End critical section */ - } - } - } - FREE_BUF(); - } - LEAVE_FF(djo.fs, res); -} - -#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */ -#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE == 0 */ -#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 */ -#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE <= 2 */ - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Forward data to the stream directly (available on only tiny cfg) */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if _USE_FORWARD && _FS_TINY - -FRESULT f_forward ( - FIL *fp, /* Pointer to the file object */ - UINT (*func)(const BYTE*,UINT), /* Pointer to the streaming function */ - UINT btr, /* Number of bytes to forward */ - UINT *bf /* Pointer to number of bytes forwarded */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DWORD remain, clst, sect; - UINT rcnt; - BYTE csect; - - - *bf = 0; /* Clear transfer byte counter */ - - if (!fp) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT; - - res = validate(fp); /* Check validity of the object */ - if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res); - if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR) /* Check error flag */ - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - if (!(fp->flag & FA_READ)) /* Check access mode */ - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED); - - remain = fp->fsize - fp->fptr; - if (btr > remain) btr = (UINT)remain; /* Truncate btr by remaining bytes */ - - for ( ; btr && (*func)(0, 0); /* Repeat until all data transferred or stream becomes busy */ - fp->fptr += rcnt, *bf += rcnt, btr -= rcnt) { - csect = (BYTE)(fp->fptr / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1)); /* Sector offset in the cluster */ - if ((fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)) == 0) { /* On the sector boundary? */ - if (!csect) { /* On the cluster boundary? */ - clst = (fp->fptr == 0) ? /* On the top of the file? */ - fp->sclust : get_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust); - if (clst <= 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - fp->clust = clst; /* Update current cluster */ - } - } - sect = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust); /* Get current data sector */ - if (!sect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - sect += csect; - if (move_window(fp->fs, sect)) /* Move sector window */ - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - fp->dsect = sect; - rcnt = SS(fp->fs) - (WORD)(fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)); /* Forward data from sector window */ - if (rcnt > btr) rcnt = btr; - rcnt = (*func)(&fp->fs->win[(WORD)fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], rcnt); - if (!rcnt) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - } - - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_OK); -} -#endif /* _USE_FORWARD */ - - - -#if _USE_MKFS && !_FS_READONLY -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Create File System on the Drive */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#define N_ROOTDIR 512 /* Number of root dir entries for FAT12/16 */ -#define N_FATS 1 /* Number of FAT copies (1 or 2) */ - - -FRESULT f_mkfs ( - BYTE drv, /* Logical drive number */ - BYTE sfd, /* Partitioning rule 0:FDISK, 1:SFD */ - UINT au /* Allocation unit size [bytes] */ -) -{ - static const WORD vst[] = { 1024, 512, 256, 128, 64, 32, 16, 8, 4, 2, 0}; - static const WORD cst[] = {32768, 16384, 8192, 4096, 2048, 16384, 8192, 4096, 2048, 1024, 512}; - BYTE fmt, md, sys, *tbl, pdrv, part; - DWORD n_clst, vs, n, wsect; - UINT i; - DWORD b_vol, b_fat, b_dir, b_data; /* LBA */ - DWORD n_vol, n_rsv, n_fat, n_dir; /* Size */ - FATFS *fs; - DSTATUS stat; - - - /* Check mounted drive and clear work area */ - if (drv >= _VOLUMES) return FR_INVALID_DRIVE; - if (sfd > 1) return FR_INVALID_PARAMETER; - if (au & (au - 1)) return FR_INVALID_PARAMETER; - fs = FatFs[drv]; - if (!fs) return FR_NOT_ENABLED; - fs->fs_type = 0; - pdrv = LD2PD(drv); /* Physical drive */ - part = LD2PT(drv); /* Partition (0:auto detect, 1-4:get from partition table)*/ - - /* Get disk statics */ - stat = disk_initialize(pdrv); - if (stat & STA_NOINIT) return FR_NOT_READY; - if (stat & STA_PROTECT) return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED; -#if _MAX_SS != 512 /* Get disk sector size */ - if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_SECTOR_SIZE, &SS(fs)) != RES_OK || SS(fs) > _MAX_SS) - return FR_DISK_ERR; -#endif - if (_MULTI_PARTITION && part) { - /* Get partition information from partition table in the MBR */ - if (disk_read(pdrv, fs->win, 0, 1) != RES_OK) return FR_DISK_ERR; - if (LD_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA) != 0xAA55) return FR_MKFS_ABORTED; - tbl = &fs->win[MBR_Table + (part - 1) * SZ_PTE]; - if (!tbl[4]) return FR_MKFS_ABORTED; /* No partition? */ - b_vol = LD_DWORD(tbl+8); /* Volume start sector */ - n_vol = LD_DWORD(tbl+12); /* Volume size */ - } else { - /* Create a partition in this function */ - if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_SECTOR_COUNT, &n_vol) != RES_OK || n_vol < 128) - return FR_DISK_ERR; - b_vol = (sfd) ? 0 : 63; /* Volume start sector */ - n_vol -= b_vol; /* Volume size */ - } - - if (!au) { /* AU auto selection */ - vs = n_vol / (2000 / (SS(fs) / 512)); - for (i = 0; vs < vst[i]; i++) ; - au = cst[i]; - } - au /= SS(fs); /* Number of sectors per cluster */ - if (au == 0) au = 1; - if (au > 128) au = 128; - - /* Pre-compute number of clusters and FAT sub-type */ - n_clst = n_vol / au; - fmt = FS_FAT12; - if (n_clst >= MIN_FAT16) fmt = FS_FAT16; - if (n_clst >= MIN_FAT32) fmt = FS_FAT32; - - /* Determine offset and size of FAT structure */ - if (fmt == FS_FAT32) { - n_fat = ((n_clst * 4) + 8 + SS(fs) - 1) / SS(fs); - n_rsv = 32; - n_dir = 0; - } else { - n_fat = (fmt == FS_FAT12) ? (n_clst * 3 + 1) / 2 + 3 : (n_clst * 2) + 4; - n_fat = (n_fat + SS(fs) - 1) / SS(fs); - n_rsv = 1; - n_dir = (DWORD)N_ROOTDIR * SZ_DIR / SS(fs); - } - b_fat = b_vol + n_rsv; /* FAT area start sector */ - b_dir = b_fat + n_fat * N_FATS; /* Directory area start sector */ - b_data = b_dir + n_dir; /* Data area start sector */ - if (n_vol < b_data + au - b_vol) return FR_MKFS_ABORTED; /* Too small volume */ - - /* Align data start sector to erase block boundary (for flash memory media) */ - if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_BLOCK_SIZE, &n) != RES_OK || !n || n > 32768) n = 1; - n = (b_data + n - 1) & ~(n - 1); /* Next nearest erase block from current data start */ - n = (n - b_data) / N_FATS; - if (fmt == FS_FAT32) { /* FAT32: Move FAT offset */ - n_rsv += n; - b_fat += n; - } else { /* FAT12/16: Expand FAT size */ - n_fat += n; - } - - /* Determine number of clusters and final check of validity of the FAT sub-type */ - n_clst = (n_vol - n_rsv - n_fat * N_FATS - n_dir) / au; - if ( (fmt == FS_FAT16 && n_clst < MIN_FAT16) - || (fmt == FS_FAT32 && n_clst < MIN_FAT32)) - return FR_MKFS_ABORTED; - - switch (fmt) { /* Determine system ID for partition table */ - case FS_FAT12: sys = 0x01; break; - case FS_FAT16: sys = (n_vol < 0x10000) ? 0x04 : 0x06; break; - default: sys = 0x0C; - } - - if (_MULTI_PARTITION && part) { - /* Update system ID in the partition table */ - tbl = &fs->win[MBR_Table + (part - 1) * SZ_PTE]; - tbl[4] = sys; - if (disk_write(pdrv, fs->win, 0, 1) != RES_OK) return FR_DISK_ERR; - md = 0xF8; - } else { - if (sfd) { /* No partition table (SFD) */ - md = 0xF0; - } else { /* Create partition table (FDISK) */ - mem_set(fs->win, 0, SS(fs)); - tbl = fs->win+MBR_Table; /* Create partition table for single partition in the drive */ - tbl[1] = 1; /* Partition start head */ - tbl[2] = 1; /* Partition start sector */ - tbl[3] = 0; /* Partition start cylinder */ - tbl[4] = sys; /* System type */ - tbl[5] = 254; /* Partition end head */ - n = (b_vol + n_vol) / 63 / 255; - tbl[6] = (BYTE)((n >> 2) | 63); /* Partition end sector */ - tbl[7] = (BYTE)n; /* End cylinder */ - ST_DWORD(tbl+8, 63); /* Partition start in LBA */ - ST_DWORD(tbl+12, n_vol); /* Partition size in LBA */ - ST_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA, 0xAA55); /* MBR signature */ - if (disk_write(pdrv, fs->win, 0, 1) != RES_OK) /* Write it to the MBR sector */ - return FR_DISK_ERR; - md = 0xF8; - } - } - - /* Create BPB in the VBR */ - tbl = fs->win; /* Clear sector */ - mem_set(tbl, 0, SS(fs)); - mem_cpy(tbl, "\xEB\xFE\x90" "MSDOS5.0", 11);/* Boot jump code, OEM name */ - i = SS(fs); /* Sector size */ - ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_BytsPerSec, i); - tbl[BPB_SecPerClus] = (BYTE)au; /* Sectors per cluster */ - ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_RsvdSecCnt, n_rsv); /* Reserved sectors */ - tbl[BPB_NumFATs] = N_FATS; /* Number of FATs */ - i = (fmt == FS_FAT32) ? 0 : N_ROOTDIR; /* Number of rootdir entries */ - ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_RootEntCnt, i); - if (n_vol < 0x10000) { /* Number of total sectors */ - ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_TotSec16, n_vol); - } else { - ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_TotSec32, n_vol); - } - tbl[BPB_Media] = md; /* Media descriptor */ - ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_SecPerTrk, 63); /* Number of sectors per track */ - ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_NumHeads, 255); /* Number of heads */ - ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_HiddSec, b_vol); /* Hidden sectors */ - n = get_fattime(); /* Use current time as VSN */ - if (fmt == FS_FAT32) { - ST_DWORD(tbl+BS_VolID32, n); /* VSN */ - ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_FATSz32, n_fat); /* Number of sectors per FAT */ - ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_RootClus, 2); /* Root directory start cluster (2) */ - ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_FSInfo, 1); /* FSInfo record offset (VBR+1) */ - ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_BkBootSec, 6); /* Backup boot record offset (VBR+6) */ - tbl[BS_DrvNum32] = 0x80; /* Drive number */ - tbl[BS_BootSig32] = 0x29; /* Extended boot signature */ - mem_cpy(tbl+BS_VolLab32, "NO NAME " "FAT32 ", 19); /* Volume label, FAT signature */ - } else { - ST_DWORD(tbl+BS_VolID, n); /* VSN */ - ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_FATSz16, n_fat); /* Number of sectors per FAT */ - tbl[BS_DrvNum] = 0x80; /* Drive number */ - tbl[BS_BootSig] = 0x29; /* Extended boot signature */ - mem_cpy(tbl+BS_VolLab, "NO NAME " "FAT ", 19); /* Volume label, FAT signature */ - } - ST_WORD(tbl+BS_55AA, 0xAA55); /* Signature (Offset is fixed here regardless of sector size) */ - if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol, 1) != RES_OK) /* Write it to the VBR sector */ - return FR_DISK_ERR; - if (fmt == FS_FAT32) /* Write backup VBR if needed (VBR+6) */ - disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol + 6, 1); - - /* Initialize FAT area */ - wsect = b_fat; - for (i = 0; i < N_FATS; i++) { /* Initialize each FAT copy */ - mem_set(tbl, 0, SS(fs)); /* 1st sector of the FAT */ - n = md; /* Media descriptor byte */ - if (fmt != FS_FAT32) { - n |= (fmt == FS_FAT12) ? 0x00FFFF00 : 0xFFFFFF00; - ST_DWORD(tbl+0, n); /* Reserve cluster #0-1 (FAT12/16) */ - } else { - n |= 0xFFFFFF00; - ST_DWORD(tbl+0, n); /* Reserve cluster #0-1 (FAT32) */ - ST_DWORD(tbl+4, 0xFFFFFFFF); - ST_DWORD(tbl+8, 0x0FFFFFFF); /* Reserve cluster #2 for root dir */ - } - if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, wsect++, 1) != RES_OK) - return FR_DISK_ERR; - mem_set(tbl, 0, SS(fs)); /* Fill following FAT entries with zero */ - for (n = 1; n < n_fat; n++) { /* This loop may take a time on FAT32 volume due to many single sector writes */ - if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, wsect++, 1) != RES_OK) - return FR_DISK_ERR; - } - } - - /* Initialize root directory */ - i = (fmt == FS_FAT32) ? au : n_dir; - do { - if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, wsect++, 1) != RES_OK) - return FR_DISK_ERR; - } while (--i); - -#if _USE_ERASE /* Erase data area if needed */ - { - DWORD eb[2]; - - eb[0] = wsect; eb[1] = wsect + (n_clst - ((fmt == FS_FAT32) ? 1 : 0)) * au - 1; - disk_ioctl(pdrv, CTRL_ERASE_SECTOR, eb); - } -#endif - - /* Create FSInfo if needed */ - if (fmt == FS_FAT32) { - ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_LeadSig, 0x41615252); - ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_StrucSig, 0x61417272); - ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_Free_Count, n_clst - 1); /* Number of free clusters */ - ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_Nxt_Free, 2); /* Last allocated cluster# */ - ST_WORD(tbl+BS_55AA, 0xAA55); - disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol + 1, 1); /* Write original (VBR+1) */ - disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol + 7, 1); /* Write backup (VBR+7) */ - } - - return (disk_ioctl(pdrv, CTRL_SYNC, 0) == RES_OK) ? FR_OK : FR_DISK_ERR; -} - - -#if _MULTI_PARTITION == 2 -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Divide Physical Drive */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_fdisk ( - BYTE pdrv, /* Physical drive number */ - const DWORD szt[], /* Pointer to the size table for each partitions */ - void* work /* Pointer to the working buffer */ -) -{ - UINT i, n, sz_cyl, tot_cyl, b_cyl, e_cyl, p_cyl; - BYTE s_hd, e_hd, *p, *buf = (BYTE*)work; - DSTATUS stat; - DWORD sz_disk, sz_part, s_part; - - - stat = disk_initialize(pdrv); - if (stat & STA_NOINIT) return FR_NOT_READY; - if (stat & STA_PROTECT) return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED; - if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_SECTOR_COUNT, &sz_disk)) return FR_DISK_ERR; - - /* Determine CHS in the table regardless of the drive geometry */ - for (n = 16; n < 256 && sz_disk / n / 63 > 1024; n *= 2) ; - if (n == 256) n--; - e_hd = n - 1; - sz_cyl = 63 * n; - tot_cyl = sz_disk / sz_cyl; - - /* Create partition table */ - mem_set(buf, 0, _MAX_SS); - p = buf + MBR_Table; b_cyl = 0; - for (i = 0; i < 4; i++, p += SZ_PTE) { - p_cyl = (szt[i] <= 100) ? (DWORD)tot_cyl * szt[i] / 100 : szt[i] / sz_cyl; - if (!p_cyl) continue; - s_part = (DWORD)sz_cyl * b_cyl; - sz_part = (DWORD)sz_cyl * p_cyl; - if (i == 0) { /* Exclude first track of cylinder 0 */ - s_hd = 1; - s_part += 63; sz_part -= 63; - } else { - s_hd = 0; - } - e_cyl = b_cyl + p_cyl - 1; - if (e_cyl >= tot_cyl) return FR_INVALID_PARAMETER; - - /* Set partition table */ - p[1] = s_hd; /* Start head */ - p[2] = (BYTE)((b_cyl >> 2) + 1); /* Start sector */ - p[3] = (BYTE)b_cyl; /* Start cylinder */ - p[4] = 0x06; /* System type (temporary setting) */ - p[5] = e_hd; /* End head */ - p[6] = (BYTE)((e_cyl >> 2) + 63); /* End sector */ - p[7] = (BYTE)e_cyl; /* End cylinder */ - ST_DWORD(p + 8, s_part); /* Start sector in LBA */ - ST_DWORD(p + 12, sz_part); /* Partition size */ - - /* Next partition */ - b_cyl += p_cyl; - } - ST_WORD(p, 0xAA55); - - /* Write it to the MBR */ - return (disk_write(pdrv, buf, 0, 1) || disk_ioctl(pdrv, CTRL_SYNC, 0)) ? FR_DISK_ERR : FR_OK; -} - - -#endif /* _MULTI_PARTITION == 2 */ -#endif /* _USE_MKFS && !_FS_READONLY */ - - - - -#if _USE_STRFUNC -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Get a string from the file */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -TCHAR* f_gets ( - TCHAR* buff, /* Pointer to the string buffer to read */ - int len, /* Size of string buffer (characters) */ - FIL* fil /* Pointer to the file object */ -) -{ - int n = 0; - TCHAR c, *p = buff; - BYTE s[2]; - UINT rc; - - - while (n < len - 1) { /* Read bytes until buffer gets filled */ - f_read(fil, s, 1, &rc); - if (rc != 1) break; /* Break on EOF or error */ - c = s[0]; -#if _LFN_UNICODE /* Read a character in UTF-8 encoding */ - if (c >= 0x80) { - if (c < 0xC0) continue; /* Skip stray trailer */ - if (c < 0xE0) { /* Two-byte sequence */ - f_read(fil, s, 1, &rc); - if (rc != 1) break; - c = ((c & 0x1F) << 6) | (s[0] & 0x3F); - if (c < 0x80) c = '?'; - } else { - if (c < 0xF0) { /* Three-byte sequence */ - f_read(fil, s, 2, &rc); - if (rc != 2) break; - c = (c << 12) | ((s[0] & 0x3F) << 6) | (s[1] & 0x3F); - if (c < 0x800) c = '?'; - } else { /* Reject four-byte sequence */ - c = '?'; - } - } - } -#endif -#if _USE_STRFUNC >= 2 - if (c == '\r') continue; /* Strip '\r' */ -#endif - *p++ = c; - n++; - if (c == '\n') break; /* Break on EOL */ - } - *p = 0; - return n ? buff : 0; /* When no data read (eof or error), return with error. */ -} - - - -#if !_FS_READONLY -#include <stdarg.h> -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Put a character to the file */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -int f_putc ( - TCHAR c, /* A character to be output */ - FIL* fil /* Pointer to the file object */ -) -{ - UINT bw, btw; - BYTE s[3]; - - -#if _USE_STRFUNC >= 2 - if (c == '\n') f_putc ('\r', fil); /* LF -> CRLF conversion */ -#endif - -#if _LFN_UNICODE /* Write the character in UTF-8 encoding */ - if (c < 0x80) { /* 7-bit */ - s[0] = (BYTE)c; - btw = 1; - } else { - if (c < 0x800) { /* 11-bit */ - s[0] = (BYTE)(0xC0 | (c >> 6)); - s[1] = (BYTE)(0x80 | (c & 0x3F)); - btw = 2; - } else { /* 16-bit */ - s[0] = (BYTE)(0xE0 | (c >> 12)); - s[1] = (BYTE)(0x80 | ((c >> 6) & 0x3F)); - s[2] = (BYTE)(0x80 | (c & 0x3F)); - btw = 3; - } - } -#else /* Write the character without conversion */ - s[0] = (BYTE)c; - btw = 1; -#endif - f_write(fil, s, btw, &bw); /* Write the char to the file */ - return (bw == btw) ? 1 : EOF; /* Return the result */ -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Put a string to the file */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -int f_puts ( - const TCHAR* str, /* Pointer to the string to be output */ - FIL* fil /* Pointer to the file object */ -) -{ - int n; - - - for (n = 0; *str; str++, n++) { - if (f_putc(*str, fil) == EOF) return EOF; - } - return n; -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Put a formatted string to the file */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -int f_printf ( - FIL* fil, /* Pointer to the file object */ - const TCHAR* str, /* Pointer to the format string */ - ... /* Optional arguments... */ -) -{ - va_list arp; - BYTE f, r; - UINT i, j, w; - ULONG v; - TCHAR c, d, s[16], *p; - int res, chc, cc; - - - va_start(arp, str); - - for (cc = res = 0; cc != EOF; res += cc) { - c = *str++; - if (c == 0) break; /* End of string */ - if (c != '%') { /* Non escape character */ - cc = f_putc(c, fil); - if (cc != EOF) cc = 1; - continue; - } - w = f = 0; - c = *str++; - if (c == '0') { /* Flag: '0' padding */ - f = 1; c = *str++; - } else { - if (c == '-') { /* Flag: left justified */ - f = 2; c = *str++; - } - } - while (IsDigit(c)) { /* Precision */ - w = w * 10 + c - '0'; - c = *str++; - } - if (c == 'l' || c == 'L') { /* Prefix: Size is long int */ - f |= 4; c = *str++; - } - if (!c) break; - d = c; - if (IsLower(d)) d -= 0x20; - switch (d) { /* Type is... */ - case 'S' : /* String */ - p = va_arg(arp, TCHAR*); - for (j = 0; p[j]; j++) ; - chc = 0; - if (!(f & 2)) { - while (j++ < w) chc += (cc = f_putc(' ', fil)); - } - chc += (cc = f_puts(p, fil)); - while (j++ < w) chc += (cc = f_putc(' ', fil)); - if (cc != EOF) cc = chc; - continue; - case 'C' : /* Character */ - cc = f_putc((TCHAR)va_arg(arp, int), fil); continue; - case 'B' : /* Binary */ - r = 2; break; - case 'O' : /* Octal */ - r = 8; break; - case 'D' : /* Signed decimal */ - case 'U' : /* Unsigned decimal */ - r = 10; break; - case 'X' : /* Hexdecimal */ - r = 16; break; - default: /* Unknown type (pass-through) */ - cc = f_putc(c, fil); continue; - } - - /* Get an argument and put it in numeral */ - v = (f & 4) ? (ULONG)va_arg(arp, long) : ((d == 'D') ? (ULONG)(long)va_arg(arp, int) : (ULONG)va_arg(arp, unsigned int)); - if (d == 'D' && (v & 0x80000000)) { - v = 0 - v; - f |= 8; - } - i = 0; - do { - d = (TCHAR)(v % r); v /= r; - if (d > 9) d += (c == 'x') ? 0x27 : 0x07; - s[i++] = d + '0'; - } while (v && i < sizeof s / sizeof s[0]); - if (f & 8) s[i++] = '-'; - j = i; d = (f & 1) ? '0' : ' '; - res = 0; - while (!(f & 2) && j++ < w) res += (cc = f_putc(d, fil)); - do res += (cc = f_putc(s[--i], fil)); while(i); - while (j++ < w) res += (cc = f_putc(' ', fil)); - if (cc != EOF) cc = res; - } - - va_end(arp); - return (cc == EOF) ? cc : res; -} - -#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */ -#endif /* _USE_STRFUNC */ diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.h deleted file mode 100644 index 627cbaabe..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,337 +0,0 @@ -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/ -/ FatFs - FAT file system module include file R0.09a (C)ChaN, 2012 -/----------------------------------------------------------------------------/ -/ FatFs module is a generic FAT file system module for small embedded systems. -/ This is a free software that opened for education, research and commercial -/ developments under license policy of following terms. -/ -/ Copyright (C) 2012, ChaN, all right reserved. -/ -/ * The FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY. -/ * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for -/ personal, non-profit or commercial product UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY. -/ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice. -/ -/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#ifndef _FATFS -#define _FATFS 4004 /* Revision ID */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -#include "integer.h" /* Basic integer types */ -#include "ffconf.h" /* FatFs configuration options */ - -#if _FATFS != _FFCONF -#error Wrong configuration file (ffconf.h). -#endif - - - -/* Definitions of volume management */ - -#if _MULTI_PARTITION /* Multiple partition configuration */ -typedef struct { - BYTE pd; /* Physical drive number */ - BYTE pt; /* Partition: 0:Auto detect, 1-4:Forced partition) */ -} PARTITION; -extern PARTITION VolToPart[]; /* Volume - Partition resolution table */ -#define LD2PD(vol) (VolToPart[vol].pd) /* Get physical drive number */ -#define LD2PT(vol) (VolToPart[vol].pt) /* Get partition index */ - -#else /* Single partition configuration */ -#define LD2PD(vol) (BYTE)(vol) /* Each logical drive is bound to the same physical drive number */ -#define LD2PT(vol) 0 /* Always mounts the 1st partition or in SFD */ - -#endif - - - -/* Type of path name strings on FatFs API */ - -#if _LFN_UNICODE /* Unicode string */ -#if !_USE_LFN -#error _LFN_UNICODE must be 0 in non-LFN cfg. -#endif -#ifndef _INC_TCHAR -typedef WCHAR TCHAR; -#define _T(x) L ## x -#define _TEXT(x) L ## x -#endif - -#else /* ANSI/OEM string */ -#ifndef _INC_TCHAR -typedef char TCHAR; -#define _T(x) x -#define _TEXT(x) x -#endif - -#endif - - - -/* File system object structure (FATFS) */ - -typedef struct { - BYTE fs_type; /* FAT sub-type (0:Not mounted) */ - BYTE drv; /* Physical drive number */ - BYTE csize; /* Sectors per cluster (1,2,4...128) */ - BYTE n_fats; /* Number of FAT copies (1,2) */ - BYTE wflag; /* win[] dirty flag (1:must be written back) */ - BYTE fsi_flag; /* fsinfo dirty flag (1:must be written back) */ - WORD id; /* File system mount ID */ - WORD n_rootdir; /* Number of root directory entries (FAT12/16) */ -#if _MAX_SS != 512 - WORD ssize; /* Bytes per sector (512, 1024, 2048 or 4096) */ -#endif -#if _FS_REENTRANT - _SYNC_t sobj; /* Identifier of sync object */ -#endif -#if !_FS_READONLY - DWORD last_clust; /* Last allocated cluster */ - DWORD free_clust; /* Number of free clusters */ - DWORD fsi_sector; /* fsinfo sector (FAT32) */ -#endif -#if _FS_RPATH - DWORD cdir; /* Current directory start cluster (0:root) */ -#endif - DWORD n_fatent; /* Number of FAT entries (= number of clusters + 2) */ - DWORD fsize; /* Sectors per FAT */ - DWORD fatbase; /* FAT start sector */ - DWORD dirbase; /* Root directory start sector (FAT32:Cluster#) */ - DWORD database; /* Data start sector */ - DWORD winsect; /* Current sector appearing in the win[] */ - BYTE win[_MAX_SS]; /* Disk access window for Directory, FAT (and Data on tiny cfg) */ -} FATFS; - - - -/* File object structure (FIL) */ - -typedef struct { - FATFS* fs; /* Pointer to the related file system object */ - WORD id; /* File system mount ID of the related file system object */ - BYTE flag; /* File status flags */ - BYTE pad1; - DWORD fptr; /* File read/write pointer (0ed on file open) */ - DWORD fsize; /* File size */ - DWORD sclust; /* File data start cluster (0:no data cluster, always 0 when fsize is 0) */ - DWORD clust; /* Current cluster of fpter */ - DWORD dsect; /* Current data sector of fpter */ -#if !_FS_READONLY - DWORD dir_sect; /* Sector containing the directory entry */ - BYTE* dir_ptr; /* Pointer to the directory entry in the window */ -#endif -#if _USE_FASTSEEK - DWORD* cltbl; /* Pointer to the cluster link map table (null on file open) */ -#endif -#if _FS_LOCK - UINT lockid; /* File lock ID (index of file semaphore table Files[]) */ -#endif -#if !_FS_TINY - BYTE buf[_MAX_SS]; /* File data read/write buffer */ -#endif -} FIL; - - - -/* Directory object structure (DIR) */ - -typedef struct { - FATFS* fs; /* Pointer to the owner file system object */ - WORD id; /* Owner file system mount ID */ - WORD index; /* Current read/write index number */ - DWORD sclust; /* Table start cluster (0:Root dir) */ - DWORD clust; /* Current cluster */ - DWORD sect; /* Current sector */ - BYTE* dir; /* Pointer to the current SFN entry in the win[] */ - BYTE* fn; /* Pointer to the SFN (in/out) {file[8],ext[3],status[1]} */ -#if _USE_LFN - WCHAR* lfn; /* Pointer to the LFN working buffer */ - WORD lfn_idx; /* Last matched LFN index number (0xFFFF:No LFN) */ -#endif -} DIR; - - - -/* File status structure (FILINFO) */ - -typedef struct { - DWORD fsize; /* File size */ - WORD fdate; /* Last modified date */ - WORD ftime; /* Last modified time */ - BYTE fattrib; /* Attribute */ - TCHAR fname[13]; /* Short file name (8.3 format) */ -#if _USE_LFN - TCHAR* lfname; /* Pointer to the LFN buffer */ - UINT lfsize; /* Size of LFN buffer in TCHAR */ -#endif -} FILINFO; - - - -/* File function return code (FRESULT) */ - -typedef enum { - FR_OK = 0, /* (0) Succeeded */ - FR_DISK_ERR, /* (1) A hard error occurred in the low level disk I/O layer */ - FR_INT_ERR, /* (2) Assertion failed */ - FR_NOT_READY, /* (3) The physical drive cannot work */ - FR_NO_FILE, /* (4) Could not find the file */ - FR_NO_PATH, /* (5) Could not find the path */ - FR_INVALID_NAME, /* (6) The path name format is invalid */ - FR_DENIED, /* (7) Access denied due to prohibited access or directory full */ - FR_EXIST, /* (8) Access denied due to prohibited access */ - FR_INVALID_OBJECT, /* (9) The file/directory object is invalid */ - FR_WRITE_PROTECTED, /* (10) The physical drive is write protected */ - FR_INVALID_DRIVE, /* (11) The logical drive number is invalid */ - FR_NOT_ENABLED, /* (12) The volume has no work area */ - FR_NO_FILESYSTEM, /* (13) There is no valid FAT volume */ - FR_MKFS_ABORTED, /* (14) The f_mkfs() aborted due to any parameter error */ - FR_TIMEOUT, /* (15) Could not get a grant to access the volume within defined period */ - FR_LOCKED, /* (16) The operation is rejected according to the file sharing policy */ - FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE, /* (17) LFN working buffer could not be allocated */ - FR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES, /* (18) Number of open files > _FS_SHARE */ - FR_INVALID_PARAMETER /* (19) Given parameter is invalid */ -} FRESULT; - - - -/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* FatFs module application interface */ - -FRESULT f_mount (BYTE, FATFS*); /* Mount/Unmount a logical drive */ -FRESULT f_open (FIL*, const TCHAR*, BYTE); /* Open or create a file */ -FRESULT f_read (FIL*, void*, UINT, UINT*); /* Read data from a file */ -FRESULT f_lseek (FIL*, DWORD); /* Move file pointer of a file object */ -FRESULT f_close (FIL*); /* Close an open file object */ -FRESULT f_opendir (DIR*, const TCHAR*); /* Open an existing directory */ -FRESULT f_readdir (DIR*, FILINFO*); /* Read a directory item */ -FRESULT f_stat (const TCHAR*, FILINFO*); /* Get file status */ -FRESULT f_write (FIL*, const void*, UINT, UINT*); /* Write data to a file */ -FRESULT f_getfree (const TCHAR*, DWORD*, FATFS**); /* Get number of free clusters on the drive */ -FRESULT f_truncate (FIL*); /* Truncate file */ -FRESULT f_sync (FIL*); /* Flush cached data of a writing file */ -FRESULT f_unlink (const TCHAR*); /* Delete an existing file or directory */ -FRESULT f_mkdir (const TCHAR*); /* Create a new directory */ -FRESULT f_chmod (const TCHAR*, BYTE, BYTE); /* Change attribute of the file/dir */ -FRESULT f_utime (const TCHAR*, const FILINFO*); /* Change times-tamp of the file/dir */ -FRESULT f_rename (const TCHAR*, const TCHAR*); /* Rename/Move a file or directory */ -FRESULT f_chdrive (BYTE); /* Change current drive */ -FRESULT f_chdir (const TCHAR*); /* Change current directory */ -FRESULT f_getcwd (TCHAR*, UINT); /* Get current directory */ -FRESULT f_forward (FIL*, UINT(*)(const BYTE*,UINT), UINT, UINT*); /* Forward data to the stream */ -FRESULT f_mkfs (BYTE, BYTE, UINT); /* Create a file system on the drive */ -FRESULT f_fdisk (BYTE, const DWORD[], void*); /* Divide a physical drive into some partitions */ -int f_putc (TCHAR, FIL*); /* Put a character to the file */ -int f_puts (const TCHAR*, FIL*); /* Put a string to the file */ -int f_printf (FIL*, const TCHAR*, ...); /* Put a formatted string to the file */ -TCHAR* f_gets (TCHAR*, int, FIL*); /* Get a string from the file */ - -#define f_eof(fp) (((fp)->fptr == (fp)->fsize) ? 1 : 0) -#define f_error(fp) (((fp)->flag & FA__ERROR) ? 1 : 0) -#define f_tell(fp) ((fp)->fptr) -#define f_size(fp) ((fp)->fsize) - -#ifndef EOF -#define EOF (-1) -#endif - - - - -/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Additional user defined functions */ - -/* RTC function */ -#if !_FS_READONLY -DWORD get_fattime (void); -#endif - -/* Unicode support functions */ -#if _USE_LFN /* Unicode - OEM code conversion */ -WCHAR ff_convert (WCHAR, UINT); /* OEM-Unicode bidirectional conversion */ -WCHAR ff_wtoupper (WCHAR); /* Unicode upper-case conversion */ -#if _USE_LFN == 3 /* Memory functions */ -void* ff_memalloc (UINT); /* Allocate memory block */ -void ff_memfree (void*); /* Free memory block */ -#endif -#endif - -/* Sync functions */ -#if _FS_REENTRANT -int ff_cre_syncobj (BYTE, _SYNC_t*);/* Create a sync object */ -int ff_req_grant (_SYNC_t); /* Lock sync object */ -void ff_rel_grant (_SYNC_t); /* Unlock sync object */ -int ff_del_syncobj (_SYNC_t); /* Delete a sync object */ -#endif - - - - -/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Flags and offset address */ - - -/* File access control and file status flags (FIL.flag) */ - -#define FA_READ 0x01 -#define FA_OPEN_EXISTING 0x00 -#define FA__ERROR 0x80 - -#if !_FS_READONLY -#define FA_WRITE 0x02 -#define FA_CREATE_NEW 0x04 -#define FA_CREATE_ALWAYS 0x08 -#define FA_OPEN_ALWAYS 0x10 -#define FA__WRITTEN 0x20 -#define FA__DIRTY 0x40 -#endif - - -/* FAT sub type (FATFS.fs_type) */ - -#define FS_FAT12 1 -#define FS_FAT16 2 -#define FS_FAT32 3 - - -/* File attribute bits for directory entry */ - -#define AM_RDO 0x01 /* Read only */ -#define AM_HID 0x02 /* Hidden */ -#define AM_SYS 0x04 /* System */ -#define AM_VOL 0x08 /* Volume label */ -#define AM_LFN 0x0F /* LFN entry */ -#define AM_DIR 0x10 /* Directory */ -#define AM_ARC 0x20 /* Archive */ -#define AM_MASK 0x3F /* Mask of defined bits */ - - -/* Fast seek feature */ -#define CREATE_LINKMAP 0xFFFFFFFF - - - -/*--------------------------------*/ -/* Multi-byte word access macros */ - -#if _WORD_ACCESS == 1 /* Enable word access to the FAT structure */ -#define LD_WORD(ptr) (WORD)(*(WORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)) -#define LD_DWORD(ptr) (DWORD)(*(DWORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)) -#define ST_WORD(ptr,val) *(WORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)=(WORD)(val) -#define ST_DWORD(ptr,val) *(DWORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)=(DWORD)(val) -#else /* Use byte-by-byte access to the FAT structure */ -#define LD_WORD(ptr) (WORD)(((WORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)<<8)|(WORD)*(BYTE*)(ptr)) -#define LD_DWORD(ptr) (DWORD)(((DWORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+3)<<24)|((DWORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+2)<<16)|((WORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)<<8)|*(BYTE*)(ptr)) -#define ST_WORD(ptr,val) *(BYTE*)(ptr)=(BYTE)(val); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)=(BYTE)((WORD)(val)>>8) -#define ST_DWORD(ptr,val) *(BYTE*)(ptr)=(BYTE)(val); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)=(BYTE)((WORD)(val)>>8); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+2)=(BYTE)((DWORD)(val)>>16); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+3)=(BYTE)((DWORD)(val)>>24) -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* _FATFS */ diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h deleted file mode 100644 index 63a4e7823..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,191 +0,0 @@ -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/ -/ FatFs - FAT file system module configuration file R0.09a (C)ChaN, 2012 -/----------------------------------------------------------------------------/ -/ -/ CAUTION! Do not forget to make clean the project after any changes to -/ the configuration options. -/ -/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#ifndef _FFCONF -#define _FFCONF 4004 /* Revision ID */ - - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/ -/ Function and Buffer Configurations -/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#define _FS_TINY 1 /* 0:Normal or 1:Tiny */ -/* When _FS_TINY is set to 1, FatFs uses the sector buffer in the file system -/ object instead of the sector buffer in the individual file object for file -/ data transfer. This reduces memory consumption 512 bytes each file object. */ - - -#define _FS_READONLY 0 /* 0:Read/Write or 1:Read only */ -/* Setting _FS_READONLY to 1 defines read only configuration. This removes -/ writing functions, f_write, f_sync, f_unlink, f_mkdir, f_chmod, f_rename, -/ f_truncate and useless f_getfree. */ - - -#define _FS_MINIMIZE 2 /* 0 to 3 */ -/* The _FS_MINIMIZE option defines minimization level to remove some functions. -/ -/ 0: Full function. -/ 1: f_stat, f_getfree, f_unlink, f_mkdir, f_chmod, f_truncate and f_rename -/ are removed. -/ 2: f_opendir and f_readdir are removed in addition to 1. -/ 3: f_lseek is removed in addition to 2. */ - - -#define _USE_STRFUNC 0 /* 0:Disable or 1-2:Enable */ -/* To enable string functions, set _USE_STRFUNC to 1 or 2. */ - - -#define _USE_MKFS 0 /* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */ -/* To enable f_mkfs function, set _USE_MKFS to 1 and set _FS_READONLY to 0 */ - - -#define _USE_FORWARD 0 /* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */ -/* To enable f_forward function, set _USE_FORWARD to 1 and set _FS_TINY to 1. */ - - -#define _USE_FASTSEEK 0 /* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */ -/* To enable fast seek feature, set _USE_FASTSEEK to 1. */ - - - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/ -/ Locale and Namespace Configurations -/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#define _CODE_PAGE 932 -/* The _CODE_PAGE specifies the OEM code page to be used on the target system. -/ Incorrect setting of the code page can cause a file open failure. -/ -/ 932 - Japanese Shift-JIS (DBCS, OEM, Windows) -/ 936 - Simplified Chinese GBK (DBCS, OEM, Windows) -/ 949 - Korean (DBCS, OEM, Windows) -/ 950 - Traditional Chinese Big5 (DBCS, OEM, Windows) -/ 1250 - Central Europe (Windows) -/ 1251 - Cyrillic (Windows) -/ 1252 - Latin 1 (Windows) -/ 1253 - Greek (Windows) -/ 1254 - Turkish (Windows) -/ 1255 - Hebrew (Windows) -/ 1256 - Arabic (Windows) -/ 1257 - Baltic (Windows) -/ 1258 - Vietnam (OEM, Windows) -/ 437 - U.S. (OEM) -/ 720 - Arabic (OEM) -/ 737 - Greek (OEM) -/ 775 - Baltic (OEM) -/ 850 - Multilingual Latin 1 (OEM) -/ 858 - Multilingual Latin 1 + Euro (OEM) -/ 852 - Latin 2 (OEM) -/ 855 - Cyrillic (OEM) -/ 866 - Russian (OEM) -/ 857 - Turkish (OEM) -/ 862 - Hebrew (OEM) -/ 874 - Thai (OEM, Windows) -/ 1 - ASCII only (Valid for non LFN cfg.) -*/ - - -#define _USE_LFN 0 /* 0 to 3 */ -#define _MAX_LFN 255 /* Maximum LFN length to handle (12 to 255) */ -/* The _USE_LFN option switches the LFN support. -/ -/ 0: Disable LFN feature. _MAX_LFN and _LFN_UNICODE have no effect. -/ 1: Enable LFN with static working buffer on the BSS. Always NOT reentrant. -/ 2: Enable LFN with dynamic working buffer on the STACK. -/ 3: Enable LFN with dynamic working buffer on the HEAP. -/ -/ The LFN working buffer occupies (_MAX_LFN + 1) * 2 bytes. To enable LFN, -/ Unicode handling functions ff_convert() and ff_wtoupper() must be added -/ to the project. When enable to use heap, memory control functions -/ ff_memalloc() and ff_memfree() must be added to the project. */ - - -#define _LFN_UNICODE 0 /* 0:ANSI/OEM or 1:Unicode */ -/* To switch the character code set on FatFs API to Unicode, -/ enable LFN feature and set _LFN_UNICODE to 1. */ - - -#define _FS_RPATH 0 /* 0 to 2 */ -/* The _FS_RPATH option configures relative path feature. -/ -/ 0: Disable relative path feature and remove related functions. -/ 1: Enable relative path. f_chdrive() and f_chdir() are available. -/ 2: f_getcwd() is available in addition to 1. -/ -/ Note that output of the f_readdir fnction is affected by this option. */ - - - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/ -/ Physical Drive Configurations -/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#define _VOLUMES 1 -/* Number of volumes (logical drives) to be used. */ - - -#define _MAX_SS 512 /* 512, 1024, 2048 or 4096 */ -/* Maximum sector size to be handled. -/ Always set 512 for memory card and hard disk but a larger value may be -/ required for on-board flash memory, floppy disk and optical disk. -/ When _MAX_SS is larger than 512, it configures FatFs to variable sector size -/ and GET_SECTOR_SIZE command must be implememted to the disk_ioctl function. */ - - -#define _MULTI_PARTITION 0 /* 0:Single partition, 1/2:Enable multiple partition */ -/* When set to 0, each volume is bound to the same physical drive number and -/ it can mount only first primaly partition. When it is set to 1, each volume -/ is tied to the partitions listed in VolToPart[]. */ - - -#define _USE_ERASE 0 /* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */ -/* To enable sector erase feature, set _USE_ERASE to 1. CTRL_ERASE_SECTOR command -/ should be added to the disk_ioctl functio. */ - - - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/ -/ System Configurations -/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#define _WORD_ACCESS 1 /* 0 or 1 */ -/* Set 0 first and it is always compatible with all platforms. The _WORD_ACCESS -/ option defines which access method is used to the word data on the FAT volume. -/ -/ 0: Byte-by-byte access. -/ 1: Word access. Do not choose this unless following condition is met. -/ -/ When the byte order on the memory is big-endian or address miss-aligned word -/ access results incorrect behavior, the _WORD_ACCESS must be set to 0. -/ If it is not the case, the value can also be set to 1 to improve the -/ performance and code size. -*/ - - -/* A header file that defines sync object types on the O/S, such as -/ windows.h, ucos_ii.h and semphr.h, must be included prior to ff.h. */ - -#define _FS_REENTRANT 0 /* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */ -#define _FS_TIMEOUT 1000 /* Timeout period in unit of time ticks */ -#define _SYNC_t HANDLE /* O/S dependent type of sync object. e.g. HANDLE, OS_EVENT*, ID and etc.. */ - -/* The _FS_REENTRANT option switches the reentrancy (thread safe) of the FatFs module. -/ -/ 0: Disable reentrancy. _SYNC_t and _FS_TIMEOUT have no effect. -/ 1: Enable reentrancy. Also user provided synchronization handlers, -/ ff_req_grant, ff_rel_grant, ff_del_syncobj and ff_cre_syncobj -/ function must be added to the project. */ - - -#define _FS_LOCK 0 /* 0:Disable or >=1:Enable */ -/* To enable file lock control feature, set _FS_LOCK to 1 or greater. - The value defines how many files can be opened simultaneously. */ - - -#endif /* _FFCONFIG */ - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/integer.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/integer.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5408fe6b3..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/integer.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -/*-------------------------------------------*/ -/* Integer type definitions for FatFs module */ -/*-------------------------------------------*/ - -#ifndef _INTEGER -#define _INTEGER - -#ifdef _WIN32 /* FatFs development platform */ - -#include <windows.h> -#include <tchar.h> - -#else /* Embedded platform */ - -/* These types must be 16-bit, 32-bit or larger integer */ -typedef int INT; -typedef unsigned int UINT; - -/* These types must be 8-bit integer */ -typedef char CHAR; -typedef unsigned char UCHAR; -typedef unsigned char BYTE; - -/* These types must be 16-bit integer */ -typedef short SHORT; -typedef unsigned short USHORT; -typedef unsigned short WORD; -typedef unsigned short WCHAR; - -/* These types must be 32-bit integer */ -typedef long LONG; -typedef unsigned long ULONG; -typedef unsigned long DWORD; - -#endif - -#endif - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.c deleted file mode 100644 index a5291eaf3..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,159 +0,0 @@ -/* - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -#include "RTC.h" - -#if defined(DUMMY_RTC) - -/** Current dummy RTC time and date */ -static volatile TimeDate_t DummyRTC_Count; - -void RTC_Init(void) -{ - DummyRTC_Count.Hour = 0; - DummyRTC_Count.Minute = 0; - DummyRTC_Count.Second = 0; - DummyRTC_Count.Day = 1; - DummyRTC_Count.Month = 1; - DummyRTC_Count.Year = 00; -} - -void RTC_Tick500ms(void) -{ - static bool HalfSecondElapsed = false; - - HalfSecondElapsed = !HalfSecondElapsed; - if (HalfSecondElapsed == false) - return; - - if (++DummyRTC_Count.Second < 60) - return; - - DummyRTC_Count.Second = 0; - - if (++DummyRTC_Count.Minute < 60) - return; - - DummyRTC_Count.Minute = 0; - - if (++DummyRTC_Count.Hour < 24) - return; - - DummyRTC_Count.Hour = 0; - - static const char MonthLength[12] = {31, 28, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31}; - uint8_t DaysInMonth = MonthLength[DummyRTC_Count.Month - 1]; - - /* Check if we need to account for a leap year */ - if ((DummyRTC_Count.Month == 2) && - ((!(DummyRTC_Count.Year % 400)) || ((DummyRTC_Count.Year % 100) && !(DummyRTC_Count.Year % 4)))) - { - DaysInMonth++; - } - - if (++DummyRTC_Count.Day <= DaysInMonth) - return; - - DummyRTC_Count.Day = 1; - - if (++DummyRTC_Count.Month <= 12) - return; - - DummyRTC_Count.Month = 1; - DummyRTC_Count.Year++; -} - -bool RTC_SetTimeDate(const TimeDate_t* NewTimeDate) -{ - GlobalInterruptDisable(); - DummyRTC_Count = *NewTimeDate; - GlobalInterruptEnable(); - - return true; -} - -bool RTC_GetTimeDate(TimeDate_t* const TimeDate) -{ - GlobalInterruptDisable(); - *TimeDate = DummyRTC_Count; - GlobalInterruptEnable(); - - return true; -} - -#else - -void RTC_Init(void) -{ - /* Unused for a real external DS1307 RTC device */ -} - -void RTC_Tick500ms(void) -{ - /* Unused for a real external DS1307 RTC device */ -} - -bool RTC_SetTimeDate(const TimeDate_t* NewTimeDate) -{ - DS1307_DateTimeRegs_t NewRegValues; - const uint8_t WriteAddress = 0; - - // Convert new time data to the DS1307's time register layout - NewRegValues.Byte1.Fields.TenSec = (NewTimeDate->Second / 10); - NewRegValues.Byte1.Fields.Sec = (NewTimeDate->Second % 10); - NewRegValues.Byte1.Fields.CH = false; - NewRegValues.Byte2.Fields.TenMin = (NewTimeDate->Minute / 10); - NewRegValues.Byte2.Fields.Min = (NewTimeDate->Minute % 10); - NewRegValues.Byte3.Fields.TenHour = (NewTimeDate->Hour / 10); - NewRegValues.Byte3.Fields.Hour = (NewTimeDate->Hour % 10); - NewRegValues.Byte3.Fields.TwelveHourMode = false; - - // Convert new date data to the DS1307's date register layout - NewRegValues.Byte4.Fields.DayOfWeek = 0; - NewRegValues.Byte5.Fields.TenDay = (NewTimeDate->Day / 10); - NewRegValues.Byte5.Fields.Day = (NewTimeDate->Day % 10); - NewRegValues.Byte6.Fields.TenMonth = (NewTimeDate->Month / 10); - NewRegValues.Byte6.Fields.Month = (NewTimeDate->Month % 10); - NewRegValues.Byte7.Fields.TenYear = (NewTimeDate->Year / 10); - NewRegValues.Byte7.Fields.Year = (NewTimeDate->Year % 10); - - // Write the new Time and Date into the DS1307 - if (TWI_WritePacket(DS1307_ADDRESS, 10, &WriteAddress, sizeof(WriteAddress), - (uint8_t*)&NewRegValues, sizeof(DS1307_DateTimeRegs_t)) != TWI_ERROR_NoError) - { - return false; - } - - return true; -} - -bool RTC_GetTimeDate(TimeDate_t* const TimeDate) -{ - DS1307_DateTimeRegs_t CurrentRegValues; - const uint8_t ReadAddress = 0; - - // Read in the stored Time and Date from the DS1307 - if (TWI_ReadPacket(DS1307_ADDRESS, 10, &ReadAddress, sizeof(ReadAddress), - (uint8_t*)&CurrentRegValues, sizeof(DS1307_DateTimeRegs_t)) != TWI_ERROR_NoError) - { - return false; - } - - // Convert stored time value into decimal - TimeDate->Second = (CurrentRegValues.Byte1.Fields.TenSec * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte1.Fields.Sec; - TimeDate->Minute = (CurrentRegValues.Byte2.Fields.TenMin * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte2.Fields.Min; - TimeDate->Hour = (CurrentRegValues.Byte3.Fields.TenHour * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte3.Fields.Hour; - - // Convert stored date value into decimal - TimeDate->Day = (CurrentRegValues.Byte5.Fields.TenDay * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte5.Fields.Day; - TimeDate->Month = (CurrentRegValues.Byte6.Fields.TenMonth * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte6.Fields.Month; - TimeDate->Year = (CurrentRegValues.Byte7.Fields.TenYear * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte7.Fields.Year; - - return true; -} - -#endif diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.h deleted file mode 100644 index f35b8ff1e..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,126 +0,0 @@ -/* - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -#ifndef _RTC_H_ -#define _RTC_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h> - - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - /* Type Defines: */ - typedef struct - { - uint8_t Hour; - uint8_t Minute; - uint8_t Second; - uint8_t Day; - uint8_t Month; - uint8_t Year; - } TimeDate_t; - - typedef struct - { - union - { - struct - { - unsigned Sec : 4; - unsigned TenSec : 3; - unsigned CH : 1; - } Fields; - - uint8_t IntVal; - } Byte1; - - union - { - struct - { - unsigned Min : 4; - unsigned TenMin : 3; - unsigned Reserved : 1; - } Fields; - - uint8_t IntVal; - } Byte2; - - union - { - struct - { - unsigned Hour : 4; - unsigned TenHour : 2; - unsigned TwelveHourMode : 1; - unsigned Reserved : 1; - } Fields; - - uint8_t IntVal; - } Byte3; - - union - { - struct - { - unsigned DayOfWeek : 3; - unsigned Reserved : 5; - } Fields; - - uint8_t IntVal; - } Byte4; - - union - { - struct - { - unsigned Day : 4; - unsigned TenDay : 2; - unsigned Reserved : 2; - } Fields; - - uint8_t IntVal; - } Byte5; - - union - { - struct - { - unsigned Month : 4; - unsigned TenMonth : 1; - unsigned Reserved : 3; - } Fields; - - uint8_t IntVal; - } Byte6; - - union - { - struct - { - unsigned Year : 4; - unsigned TenYear : 4; - } Fields; - - uint8_t IntVal; - } Byte7; - } DS1307_DateTimeRegs_t; - - /* Macros: */ - /** TWI address of the DS1307 device on the bus. */ - #define DS1307_ADDRESS 0xD0 - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void RTC_Init(void); - void RTC_Tick500ms(void); - bool RTC_SetTimeDate(const TimeDate_t* NewTimeDate); - bool RTC_GetTimeDate(TimeDate_t* const TimeDate); - -#endif - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.c deleted file mode 100644 index 4fbbfd60e..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,344 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * SCSI command processing routines, for SCSI commands issued by the host. Mass Storage - * devices use a thin "Bulk-Only Transport" protocol for issuing commands and status information, - * which wrap around standard SCSI device commands for controlling the actual storage medium. - */ - -#define INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C -#include "SCSI.h" - -/** Structure to hold the SCSI response data to a SCSI INQUIRY command. This gives information about the device's - * features and capabilities. - */ -static const SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData = - { - .DeviceType = DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK, - .PeripheralQualifier = 0, - - .Removable = true, - - .Version = 0, - - .ResponseDataFormat = 2, - .NormACA = false, - .TrmTsk = false, - .AERC = false, - - .AdditionalLength = 0x1F, - - .SoftReset = false, - .CmdQue = false, - .Linked = false, - .Sync = false, - .WideBus16Bit = false, - .WideBus32Bit = false, - .RelAddr = false, - - .VendorID = "LUFA", - .ProductID = "Dataflash Disk", - .RevisionID = {'0','.','0','0'}, - }; - -/** Structure to hold the sense data for the last issued SCSI command, which is returned to the host after a SCSI REQUEST SENSE - * command is issued. This gives information on exactly why the last command failed to complete. - */ -static SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData = - { - .ResponseCode = 0x70, - .AdditionalLength = 0x0A, - }; - - -/** Main routine to process the SCSI command located in the Command Block Wrapper read from the host. This dispatches - * to the appropriate SCSI command handling routine if the issued command is supported by the device, else it returns - * a command failure due to a ILLEGAL REQUEST. - * - * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise - */ -bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) -{ - bool CommandSuccess = false; - - /* Run the appropriate SCSI command hander function based on the passed command */ - switch (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[0]) - { - case SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY: - CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Inquiry(MSInterfaceInfo); - break; - case SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE: - CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(MSInterfaceInfo); - break; - case SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10: - CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(MSInterfaceInfo); - break; - case SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC: - CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(MSInterfaceInfo); - break; - case SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10: - CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_WRITE); - break; - case SCSI_CMD_READ_10: - CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_READ); - break; - case SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6: - CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(MSInterfaceInfo); - break; - case SCSI_CMD_START_STOP_UNIT: - case SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY: - case SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL: - case SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10: - /* These commands should just succeed, no handling required */ - CommandSuccess = true; - MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0; - break; - default: - /* Update the SENSE key to reflect the invalid command */ - SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST, - SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND, - SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); - break; - } - - /* Check if command was successfully processed */ - if (CommandSuccess) - { - SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD, - SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION, - SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); - - return true; - } - - return false; -} - -/** Command processing for an issued SCSI INQUIRY command. This command returns information about the device's features - * and capabilities to the host. - * - * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise. - */ -static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) -{ - uint16_t AllocationLength = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3]); - uint16_t BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(InquiryData)); - - /* Only the standard INQUIRY data is supported, check if any optional INQUIRY bits set */ - if ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1))) || - MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]) - { - /* Optional but unsupported bits set - update the SENSE key and fail the request */ - SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST, - SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB, - SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); - - return false; - } - - Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&InquiryData, BytesTransferred, NULL); - - /* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */ - Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL); - - /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */ - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - - /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */ - MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred; - - return true; -} - -/** Command processing for an issued SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. This command returns information about the last issued command, - * including the error code and additional error information so that the host can determine why a command failed to complete. - * - * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise. - */ -static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) -{ - uint8_t AllocationLength = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4]; - uint8_t BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(SenseData)); - - Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&SenseData, BytesTransferred, NULL); - Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - - /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */ - MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred; - - return true; -} - -/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ CAPACITY (10) command. This command returns information about the device's capacity - * on the selected Logical Unit (drive), as a number of OS-sized blocks. - * - * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise. - */ -static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) -{ - uint32_t LastBlockAddressInLUN = (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS - 1); - uint32_t MediaBlockSize = VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE; - - Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&LastBlockAddressInLUN, sizeof(LastBlockAddressInLUN), NULL); - Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&MediaBlockSize, sizeof(MediaBlockSize), NULL); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - - /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */ - MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 8; - - return true; -} - -/** Command processing for an issued SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. This command performs a quick check of the Dataflash ICs on the - * board, and indicates if they are present and functioning correctly. Only the Self-Test portion of the diagnostic command is - * supported. - * - * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise. - */ -static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) -{ - /* Check to see if the SELF TEST bit is not set */ - if (!(MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & (1 << 2))) - { - /* Only self-test supported - update SENSE key and fail the command */ - SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST, - SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB, - SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); - - return false; - } - - /* Check to see if all attached Dataflash ICs are functional */ - if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation())) - { - /* Update SENSE key with a hardware error condition and return command fail */ - SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR, - SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION, - SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); - - return false; - } - - /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */ - MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0; - - return true; -} - -/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ (10) or WRITE (10) command. This command reads in the block start address - * and total number of blocks to process, then calls the appropriate low-level Dataflash routine to handle the actual - * reading and writing of the data. - * - * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with - * \param[in] IsDataRead Indicates if the command is a READ (10) command or WRITE (10) command (DATA_READ or DATA_WRITE) - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise. - */ -static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, - const bool IsDataRead) -{ - uint32_t BlockAddress; - uint16_t TotalBlocks; - - /* Check if the disk is write protected or not */ - if ((IsDataRead == DATA_WRITE) && DISK_READ_ONLY) - { - /* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */ - SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_DATA_PROTECT, - SCSI_ASENSE_WRITE_PROTECTED, - SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); - - return false; - } - - /* Load in the 32-bit block address (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */ - BlockAddress = SwapEndian_32(*(uint32_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]); - - /* Load in the 16-bit total blocks (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */ - TotalBlocks = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[7]); - - /* Check if the block address is outside the maximum allowable value for the LUN */ - if (BlockAddress >= VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS) - { - /* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */ - SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST, - SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE, - SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); - - return false; - } - - /* Determine if the packet is a READ (10) or WRITE (10) command, call appropriate function */ - if (IsDataRead == DATA_READ) - DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks); - else - DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks); - - /* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */ - MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= ((uint32_t)TotalBlocks * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE); - - return true; -} - -/** Command processing for an issued SCSI MODE SENSE (6) command. This command returns various informational pages about - * the SCSI device, as well as the device's Write Protect status. - * - * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise. - */ -static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) -{ - /* Send an empty header response with the Write Protect flag status */ - Endpoint_Write_8(0x00); - Endpoint_Write_8(0x00); - Endpoint_Write_8(DISK_READ_ONLY ? 0x80 : 0x00); - Endpoint_Write_8(0x00); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - - /* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */ - MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 4; - - return true; -} - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.h deleted file mode 100644 index 494b31bf8..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,89 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for SCSI.c. - */ - -#ifndef _SCSI_H_ -#define _SCSI_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - #include <avr/pgmspace.h> - - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - - #include "../TempDataLogger.h" - #include "../Descriptors.h" - #include "DataflashManager.h" - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - /* Macros: */ - /** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This - * is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about - * the last command failure) in a quick and easy manner. - * - * \param[in] Key New SCSI sense key to set the sense code to - * \param[in] Acode New SCSI additional sense key to set the additional sense code to - * \param[in] Aqual New SCSI additional sense key qualifier to set the additional sense qualifier code to - */ - #define SCSI_SET_SENSE(Key, Acode, Aqual) do { SenseData.SenseKey = (Key); \ - SenseData.AdditionalSenseCode = (Acode); \ - SenseData.AdditionalSenseQualifier = (Aqual); } while (0) - - /** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be read from the storage medium. */ - #define DATA_READ true - - /** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be written to the storage medium. */ - #define DATA_WRITE false - - /** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a Block Media device. */ - #define DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK 0x00 - - /** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a CD-ROM device. */ - #define DEVICE_TYPE_CDROM 0x05 - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); - - #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C) - static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); - static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); - static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); - static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); - static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, - const bool IsDataRead); - static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); - #endif - -#endif - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.c deleted file mode 100644 index 1dc267a6f..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,331 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Main source file for the TemperatureDataLogger project. This file contains the main tasks of - * the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration. - */ - -#include "TempDataLogger.h" - -/** LUFA Mass Storage Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is - * passed to all Mass Storage Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class - * within a device can be differentiated from one another. - */ -USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t Disk_MS_Interface = - { - .Config = - { - .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage, - .DataINEndpoint = - { - .Address = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR, - .Size = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE, - .Banks = 1, - }, - .DataOUTEndpoint = - { - .Address = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR, - .Size = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE, - .Banks = 1, - }, - .TotalLUNs = 1, - }, - }; - -/** Buffer to hold the previously generated HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */ -static uint8_t PrevHIDReportBuffer[GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE]; - -/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is - * passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class - * within a device can be differentiated from one another. - */ -USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Generic_HID_Interface = - { - .Config = - { - .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_HID, - .ReportINEndpoint = - { - .Address = GENERIC_IN_EPADDR, - .Size = GENERIC_EPSIZE, - .Banks = 1, - }, - .PrevReportINBuffer = PrevHIDReportBuffer, - .PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevHIDReportBuffer), - }, - }; - -/** Non-volatile Logging Interval value in EEPROM, stored as a number of 500ms ticks */ -static uint8_t EEMEM LoggingInterval500MS_EEPROM = DEFAULT_LOG_INTERVAL; - -/** SRAM Logging Interval value fetched from EEPROM, stored as a number of 500ms ticks */ -static uint8_t LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM; - -/** Total number of 500ms logging ticks elapsed since the last log value was recorded */ -static uint16_t CurrentLoggingTicks; - -/** FAT Fs structure to hold the internal state of the FAT driver for the Dataflash contents. */ -static FATFS DiskFATState; - -/** FAT Fs structure to hold a FAT file handle for the log data write destination. */ -static FIL TempLogFile; - - -/** ISR to handle the 500ms ticks for sampling and data logging */ -ISR(TIMER1_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK) -{ - /* Signal a 500ms tick has elapsed to the RTC */ - RTC_Tick500ms(); - - /* Check to see if the logging interval has expired */ - if (++CurrentLoggingTicks < LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM) - return; - - /* Reset log tick counter to prepare for next logging interval */ - CurrentLoggingTicks = 0; - - uint8_t LEDMask = LEDs_GetLEDs(); - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY); - - /* Only log when not connected to a USB host */ - if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached) - { - TimeDate_t CurrentTimeDate; - RTC_GetTimeDate(&CurrentTimeDate); - - char LineBuffer[100]; - uint16_t BytesWritten; - - BytesWritten = sprintf(LineBuffer, "%02d/%02d/20%02d, %02d:%02d:%02d, %d Degrees\r\n", - CurrentTimeDate.Day, CurrentTimeDate.Month, CurrentTimeDate.Year, - CurrentTimeDate.Hour, CurrentTimeDate.Minute, CurrentTimeDate.Second, - Temperature_GetTemperature()); - - f_write(&TempLogFile, LineBuffer, BytesWritten, &BytesWritten); - f_sync(&TempLogFile); - } - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask); -} - -/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial - * setup of all components and the main program loop. - */ -int main(void) -{ - SetupHardware(); - - /* Fetch logging interval from EEPROM */ - LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM = eeprom_read_byte(&LoggingInterval500MS_EEPROM); - - /* Check if the logging interval is invalid (0xFF) indicating that the EEPROM is blank */ - if (LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM == 0xFF) - LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM = DEFAULT_LOG_INTERVAL; - - /* Mount and open the log file on the Dataflash FAT partition */ - OpenLogFile(); - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); - GlobalInterruptEnable(); - - for (;;) - { - MS_Device_USBTask(&Disk_MS_Interface); - HID_Device_USBTask(&Generic_HID_Interface); - USB_USBTask(); - } -} - -/** Opens the log file on the Dataflash's FAT formatted partition according to the current date */ -void OpenLogFile(void) -{ - char LogFileName[12]; - - /* Get the current date for the filename as "DDMMYY.csv" */ - TimeDate_t CurrentTimeDate; - RTC_GetTimeDate(&CurrentTimeDate); - sprintf(LogFileName, "%02d%02d%02d.csv", CurrentTimeDate.Day, CurrentTimeDate.Month, CurrentTimeDate.Year); - - /* Mount the storage device, open the file */ - f_mount(0, &DiskFATState); - f_open(&TempLogFile, LogFileName, FA_OPEN_ALWAYS | FA_WRITE); - f_lseek(&TempLogFile, TempLogFile.fsize); -} - -/** Closes the open data log file on the Dataflash's FAT formatted partition */ -void CloseLogFile(void) -{ - /* Sync any data waiting to be written, unmount the storage device */ - f_sync(&TempLogFile); - f_close(&TempLogFile); -} - -/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */ -void SetupHardware(void) -{ -#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) - /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ - MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); - wdt_disable(); - - /* Disable clock division */ - clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); -#endif - - /* Hardware Initialization */ - LEDs_Init(); - ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_128); - Temperature_Init(); - Dataflash_Init(); - USB_Init(); - TWI_Init(TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_4, TWI_BITLENGTH_FROM_FREQ(4, 50000)); - RTC_Init(); - - /* 500ms logging interval timer configuration */ - OCR1A = (((F_CPU / 256) / 2) - 1); - TCCR1B = (1 << WGM12) | (1 << CS12); - TIMSK1 = (1 << OCIE1A); - - /* Check if the Dataflash is working, abort if not */ - if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation())) - { - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); - for(;;); - } - - /* Clear Dataflash sector protections, if enabled */ - DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(); -} - -/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void) -{ - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING); - - /* Close the log file so that the host has exclusive file system access */ - CloseLogFile(); -} - -/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void) -{ - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); - - /* Mount and open the log file on the Dataflash FAT partition */ - OpenLogFile(); -} - -/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void) -{ - bool ConfigSuccess = true; - - ConfigSuccess &= HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Generic_HID_Interface); - ConfigSuccess &= MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Disk_MS_Interface); - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); -} - -/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void) -{ - MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Disk_MS_Interface); - HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Generic_HID_Interface); -} - -/** Mass Storage class driver callback function the reception of SCSI commands from the host, which must be processed. - * - * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface configuration structure being referenced - */ -bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) -{ - bool CommandSuccess; - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY); - CommandSuccess = SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(MSInterfaceInfo); - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY); - - return CommandSuccess; -} - -/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host. - * - * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced - * \param[in,out] ReportID Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID - * \param[in] ReportType Type of the report to create, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature - * \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored - * \param[out] ReportSize Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent) - * - * \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report, \c false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent - */ -bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, - uint8_t* const ReportID, - const uint8_t ReportType, - void* ReportData, - uint16_t* const ReportSize) -{ - Device_Report_t* ReportParams = (Device_Report_t*)ReportData; - - RTC_GetTimeDate(&ReportParams->TimeDate); - - ReportParams->LogInterval500MS = LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM; - - *ReportSize = sizeof(Device_Report_t); - return true; -} - -/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host. - * - * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced - * \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received report from the host - * \param[in] ReportType The type of report that the host has sent, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature - * \param[in] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the received report has been stored - * \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the received HID report - */ -void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, - const uint8_t ReportID, - const uint8_t ReportType, - const void* ReportData, - const uint16_t ReportSize) -{ - Device_Report_t* ReportParams = (Device_Report_t*)ReportData; - - RTC_SetTimeDate(&ReportParams->TimeDate); - - /* If the logging interval has changed from its current value, write it to EEPROM */ - if (LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM != ReportParams->LogInterval500MS) - { - LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM = ReportParams->LogInterval500MS; - eeprom_update_byte(&LoggingInterval500MS_EEPROM, LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM); - } -} - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.h deleted file mode 100644 index 90b9b4ea6..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,112 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for TempDataLogger.c. - */ - -#ifndef _TEMP_DATALOGGER_H_ -#define _TEMP_DATALOGGER_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - #include <avr/wdt.h> - #include <avr/power.h> - #include <avr/interrupt.h> - #include <stdio.h> - - #include "Descriptors.h" - - #include "Lib/SCSI.h" - #include "Lib/DataflashManager.h" - #include "Lib/FATFs/ff.h" - #include "Lib/RTC.h" - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h> - - /* Macros: */ - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1 - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3) - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4) - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3) - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2 - - /** Default log interval when the EEPROM is blank, in 500ms ticks. */ - #define DEFAULT_LOG_INTERVAL 10 - - /** Indicates if the disk is write protected or not. */ - #define DISK_READ_ONLY false - - /* Type Defines: */ - typedef struct - { - TimeDate_t TimeDate; - uint8_t LogInterval500MS; - } Device_Report_t; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void SetupHardware(void); - void OpenLogFile(void); - void CloseLogFile(void); - - void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void); - void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void); - void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void); - void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void); - - bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); - bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, - uint8_t* const ReportID, - const uint8_t ReportType, - void* ReportData, - uint16_t* const ReportSize); - void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, - const uint8_t ReportID, - const uint8_t ReportType, - const void* ReportData, - const uint16_t ReportSize); - -#endif - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.LESSER.txt b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.LESSER.txt deleted file mode 100644 index bdf8db0ee..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.LESSER.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,166 +0,0 @@ - GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE - Version 3, 29 June 2007 - - Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/> - Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies - of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. - - - This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates -the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU General Public -License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below. - - 0. Additional Definitions. - - As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser -General Public License, and the "GNU GPL" refers to version 3 of the GNU -General Public License. - - "The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License, -other than an Application or a Combined Work as defined below. - - An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided -by the Library, but which is not otherwise based on the Library. -Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode -of using an interface provided by the Library. - - A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an -Application with the Library. The particular version of the Library -with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked -Version". - - The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the -Corresponding Source for the Combined Work, excluding any source code -for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are -based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version. - - The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the -object code and/or source code for the Application, including any data -and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the -Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work. - - 1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL. - - You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License -without being bound by section 3 of the GNU GPL. - - 2. Conveying Modified Versions. - - If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a -facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an Application -that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the -facility is invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified -version: - - a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to - ensure that, in the event an Application does not supply the - function or data, the facility still operates, and performs - whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful, or - - b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of - this License applicable to that copy. - - 3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files. - - The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from -a header file that is part of the Library. You may convey such object -code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated -material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure -layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates -(ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following: - - a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the - Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are - covered by this License. - - b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license - document. - - 4. Combined Works. - - You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that, -taken together, effectively do not restrict modification of the -portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse -engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of -the following: - - a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that - the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are - covered by this License. - - b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license - document. - - c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during - execution, include the copyright notice for the Library among - these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the - copies of the GNU GPL and this license document. - - d) Do one of the following: - - 0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this - License, and the Corresponding Application Code in a form - suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to - recombine or relink the Application with a modified version of - the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the - manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying - Corresponding Source. - - 1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the - Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (a) uses at run time - a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer - system, and (b) will operate properly with a modified version - of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked - Version. - - e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise - be required to provide such information under section 6 of the - GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is - necessary to install and execute a modified version of the - Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the - Application with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If - you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany - the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application - Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the Installation - Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL - for conveying Corresponding Source.) - - 5. Combined Libraries. - - You may place library facilities that are a work based on the -Library side by side in a single library together with other library -facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this -License, and convey such a combined library under terms of your -choice, if you do both of the following: - - a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based - on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities, - conveyed under the terms of this License. - - b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it - is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the - accompanying uncombined form of the same work. - - 6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License. - - The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions -of the GNU Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new -versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may -differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. - - Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the -Library as you received it specifies that a certain numbered version -of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version" -applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and -conditions either of that published version or of any later version -published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you -received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser -General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser -General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation. - - If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide -whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License shall -apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is -permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the -Library. - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.txt b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 10926e87f..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,675 +0,0 @@ - GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE - Version 3, 29 June 2007 - - Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/> - Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies - of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. - - Preamble - - The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for -software and other kinds of works. - - The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed -to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast, -the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to -share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free -software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the -GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to -any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to -your programs, too. - - When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not -price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you -have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for -them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you -want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new -free programs, and that you know you can do these things. - - To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you -these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have -certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if -you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others. - - For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether -gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same -freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive -or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they -know their rights. - - Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps: -(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License -giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it. - - For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains -that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and -authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as -changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to -authors of previous versions. - - Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run -modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer -can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of -protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic -pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to -use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we -have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those -products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we -stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions -of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users. - - Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents. -States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of -software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to -avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could -make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that -patents cannot be used to render the program non-free. - - The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and -modification follow. - - TERMS AND CONDITIONS - - 0. Definitions. - - "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License. - - "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of -works, such as semiconductor masks. - - "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this -License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and -"recipients" may be individuals or organizations. - - To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work -in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an -exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the -earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work. - - A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based -on the Program. - - To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without -permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for -infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a -computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying, -distribution (with or without modification), making available to the -public, and in some countries other activities as well. - - To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other -parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through -a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying. - - An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices" -to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible -feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2) -tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the -extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the -work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If -the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a -menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion. - - 1. Source Code. - - The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work -for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source -form of a work. - - A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official -standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of -interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that -is widely used among developers working in that language. - - The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other -than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of -packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major -Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that -Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an -implementation is available to the public in source code form. A -"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component -(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system -(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to -produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it. - - The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all -the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable -work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to -control those activities. However, it does not include the work's -System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free -programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but -which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source -includes interface definition files associated with source files for -the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically -linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require, -such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those -subprograms and other parts of the work. - - The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users -can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding -Source. - - The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that -same work. - - 2. Basic Permissions. - - All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of -copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated -conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited -permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a -covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its -content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your -rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law. - - You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not -convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains -in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose -of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you -with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with -the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do -not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works -for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction -and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of -your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you. - - Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under -the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10 -makes it unnecessary. - - 3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law. - - No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological -measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article -11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or -similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such -measures. - - When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid -circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention -is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to -the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or -modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's -users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of -technological measures. - - 4. Conveying Verbatim Copies. - - You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you -receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and -appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice; -keep intact all notices stating that this License and any -non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code; -keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all -recipients a copy of this License along with the Program. - - You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey, -and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee. - - 5. Conveying Modified Source Versions. - - You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to -produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the -terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: - - a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified - it, and giving a relevant date. - - b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is - released under this License and any conditions added under section - 7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to - "keep intact all notices". - - c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this - License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This - License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7 - additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts, - regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no - permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not - invalidate such permission if you have separately received it. - - d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display - Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive - interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your - work need not make them do so. - - A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent -works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work, -and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program, -in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an -"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not -used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users -beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work -in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other -parts of the aggregate. - - 6. Conveying Non-Source Forms. - - You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms -of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the -machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License, -in one of these ways: - - a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product - (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the - Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium - customarily used for software interchange. - - b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product - (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a - written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as - long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product - model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a - copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the - product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical - medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no - more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this - conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the - Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge. - - c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the - written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This - alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and - only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord - with subsection 6b. - - d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated - place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the - Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no - further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the - Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to - copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source - may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party) - that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain - clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the - Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the - Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is - available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements. - - e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided - you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding - Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no - charge under subsection 6d. - - A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded -from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be -included in conveying the object code work. - - A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any -tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family, -or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation -into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product, -doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular -product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a -typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status -of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user -actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product -is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial -commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent -the only significant mode of use of the product. - - "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods, -procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install -and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from -a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must -suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object -code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because -modification has been made. - - If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or -specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as -part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the -User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a -fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the -Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied -by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply -if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install -modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has -been installed in ROM). - - The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a -requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates -for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for -the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a -network may be denied when the modification itself materially and -adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and -protocols for communication across the network. - - Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided, -in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly -documented (and with an implementation available to the public in -source code form), and must require no special password or key for -unpacking, reading or copying. - - 7. Additional Terms. - - "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this -License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions. -Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall -be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent -that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions -apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately -under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by -this License without regard to the additional permissions. - - When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option -remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of -it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own -removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place -additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work, -for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission. - - Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you -add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of -that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms: - - a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the - terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or - - b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or - author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal - Notices displayed by works containing it; or - - c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or - requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in - reasonable ways as different from the original version; or - - d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or - authors of the material; or - - e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some - trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or - - f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that - material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of - it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for - any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on - those licensors and authors. - - All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further -restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you -received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is -governed by this License along with a term that is a further -restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains -a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this -License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms -of that license document, provided that the further restriction does -not survive such relicensing or conveying. - - If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you -must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the -additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating -where to find the applicable terms. - - Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the -form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions; -the above requirements apply either way. - - 8. Termination. - - You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly -provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or -modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under -this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third -paragraph of section 11). - - However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your -license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) -provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and -finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright -holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means -prior to 60 days after the cessation. - - Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is -reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the -violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have -received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that -copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after -your receipt of the notice. - - Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the -licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under -this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently -reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same -material under section 10. - - 9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies. - - You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or -run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work -occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission -to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However, -nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or -modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do -not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a -covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so. - - 10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients. - - Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically -receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and -propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible -for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License. - - An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an -organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an -organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered -work results from an entity transaction, each party to that -transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever -licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could -give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the -Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if -the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts. - - You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the -rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may -not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of -rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation -(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that -any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for -sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it. - - 11. Patents. - - A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this -License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The -work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version". - - A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims -owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or -hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted -by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version, -but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a -consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For -purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant -patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of -this License. - - Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free -patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to -make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and -propagate the contents of its contributor version. - - In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express -agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent -(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to -sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a -party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a -patent against the party. - - If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license, -and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone -to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a -publicly available network server or other readily accessible means, -then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so -available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the -patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner -consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent -license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have -actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the -covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work -in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that -country that you have reason to believe are valid. - - If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or -arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a -covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties -receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify -or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license -you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered -work and works based on it. - - A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within -the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is -conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are -specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered -work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is -in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment -to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying -the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the -parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory -patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work -conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily -for and in connection with specific products or compilations that -contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement, -or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007. - - Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting -any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may -otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law. - - 12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom. - - If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or -otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not -excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a -covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this -License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may -not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you -to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey -the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this -License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program. - - 13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License. - - Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have -permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed -under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single -combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this -License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work, -but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License, -section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the -combination as such. - - 14. Revised Versions of this License. - - The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of -the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will -be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to -address new problems or concerns. - - Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the -Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General -Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the -option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered -version or of any later version published by the Free Software -Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the -GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published -by the Free Software Foundation. - - If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future -versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's -public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you -to choose that version for the Program. - - Later license versions may give you additional or different -permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any -author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a -later version. - - 15. Disclaimer of Warranty. - - THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY -APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT -HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY -OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, -THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR -PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM -IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF -ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. - - 16. Limitation of Liability. - - IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING -WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS -THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY -GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE -USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF -DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD -PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), -EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF -SUCH DAMAGES. - - 17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16. - - If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided -above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms, -reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates -an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the -Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a -copy of the Program in return for a fee. - - END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS - - How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs - - If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest -possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it -free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. - - To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest -to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively -state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least -the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. - - <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> - Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> - - This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. - -Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. - - If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short -notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: - - <program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> - This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. - This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it - under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. - -The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate -parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands -might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box". - - You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school, -if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary. -For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see -<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. - - The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program -into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you -may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with -the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General -Public License instead of this License. But first, please read -<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>. - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.Designer.cs b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.Designer.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 58fac5144..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.Designer.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,181 +0,0 @@ -namespace Project1HostApp -{ - partial class frmDataloggerSettings - { - /// <summary> - /// Required designer variable. - /// </summary> - private System.ComponentModel.IContainer components = null; - - /// <summary> - /// Clean up any resources being used. - /// </summary> - /// <param name="disposing">true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.</param> - protected override void Dispose(bool disposing) - { - if (disposing && (components != null)) - { - components.Dispose(); - } - base.Dispose(disposing); - } - - #region Windows Form Designer generated code - - /// <summary> - /// Required method for Designer support - do not modify - /// the contents of this method with the code editor. - /// </summary> - private void InitializeComponent() - { - this.btnSetValues = new System.Windows.Forms.Button(); - this.dtpTime = new System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker(); - this.lblTime = new System.Windows.Forms.Label(); - this.lblLoggingInterval = new System.Windows.Forms.Label(); - this.nudLogInterval = new System.Windows.Forms.NumericUpDown(); - this.lblSeconds = new System.Windows.Forms.Label(); - this.btnGetValues = new System.Windows.Forms.Button(); - this.lblDate = new System.Windows.Forms.Label(); - this.dtpDate = new System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker(); - ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.nudLogInterval)).BeginInit(); - this.SuspendLayout(); - // - // btnSetValues - // - this.btnSetValues.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(168, 136); - this.btnSetValues.Name = "btnSetValues"; - this.btnSetValues.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(90, 35); - this.btnSetValues.TabIndex = 0; - this.btnSetValues.Text = "Set Values"; - this.btnSetValues.UseVisualStyleBackColor = true; - this.btnSetValues.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.btnSetValues_Click); - // - // dtpTime - // - this.dtpTime.CustomFormat = ""; - this.dtpTime.Format = System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePickerFormat.Time; - this.dtpTime.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(148, 61); - this.dtpTime.Name = "dtpTime"; - this.dtpTime.ShowUpDown = true; - this.dtpTime.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(110, 20); - this.dtpTime.TabIndex = 1; - // - // lblTime - // - this.lblTime.AutoSize = true; - this.lblTime.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 8.25F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0))); - this.lblTime.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(51, 67); - this.lblTime.Name = "lblTime"; - this.lblTime.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(82, 13); - this.lblTime.TabIndex = 2; - this.lblTime.Text = "Device Time:"; - // - // lblLoggingInterval - // - this.lblLoggingInterval.AutoSize = true; - this.lblLoggingInterval.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 8.25F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0))); - this.lblLoggingInterval.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(30, 101); - this.lblLoggingInterval.Name = "lblLoggingInterval"; - this.lblLoggingInterval.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(103, 13); - this.lblLoggingInterval.TabIndex = 3; - this.lblLoggingInterval.Text = "Logging Interval:"; - // - // nudLogInterval - // - this.nudLogInterval.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(148, 94); - this.nudLogInterval.Maximum = new decimal(new int[] { - 60, - 0, - 0, - 0}); - this.nudLogInterval.Minimum = new decimal(new int[] { - 1, - 0, - 0, - 0}); - this.nudLogInterval.Name = "nudLogInterval"; - this.nudLogInterval.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(51, 20); - this.nudLogInterval.TabIndex = 5; - this.nudLogInterval.Value = new decimal(new int[] { - 5, - 0, - 0, - 0}); - // - // lblSeconds - // - this.lblSeconds.AutoSize = true; - this.lblSeconds.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(209, 101); - this.lblSeconds.Name = "lblSeconds"; - this.lblSeconds.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(49, 13); - this.lblSeconds.TabIndex = 6; - this.lblSeconds.Text = "Seconds"; - // - // btnGetValues - // - this.btnGetValues.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(30, 136); - this.btnGetValues.Name = "btnGetValues"; - this.btnGetValues.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(90, 35); - this.btnGetValues.TabIndex = 7; - this.btnGetValues.Text = "Get Values"; - this.btnGetValues.UseVisualStyleBackColor = true; - this.btnGetValues.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.btnGetValues_Click); - // - // lblDate - // - this.lblDate.AutoSize = true; - this.lblDate.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 8.25F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0))); - this.lblDate.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(51, 33); - this.lblDate.Name = "lblDate"; - this.lblDate.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(82, 13); - this.lblDate.TabIndex = 8; - this.lblDate.Text = "Device Date:"; - // - // dtpDate - // - this.dtpDate.CustomFormat = "dd/MM/yyyy"; - this.dtpDate.Format = System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePickerFormat.Custom; - this.dtpDate.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(148, 27); - this.dtpDate.Name = "dtpDate"; - this.dtpDate.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(110, 20); - this.dtpDate.TabIndex = 9; - // - // frmDataloggerSettings - // - this.AutoScaleDimensions = new System.Drawing.SizeF(6F, 13F); - this.AutoScaleMode = System.Windows.Forms.AutoScaleMode.Font; - this.ClientSize = new System.Drawing.Size(300, 197); - this.Controls.Add(this.dtpDate); - this.Controls.Add(this.lblDate); - this.Controls.Add(this.btnGetValues); - this.Controls.Add(this.lblSeconds); - this.Controls.Add(this.nudLogInterval); - this.Controls.Add(this.lblLoggingInterval); - this.Controls.Add(this.lblTime); - this.Controls.Add(this.dtpTime); - this.Controls.Add(this.btnSetValues); - this.MaximizeBox = false; - this.MinimizeBox = false; - this.Name = "frmDataloggerSettings"; - this.Text = "Datalogger"; - this.Load += new System.EventHandler(this.frmDataloggerSettings_Load); - ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.nudLogInterval)).EndInit(); - this.ResumeLayout(false); - this.PerformLayout(); - - } - - #endregion - - private System.Windows.Forms.Button btnSetValues; - private System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker dtpTime; - private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblTime; - private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblLoggingInterval; - private System.Windows.Forms.NumericUpDown nudLogInterval; - private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblSeconds; - private System.Windows.Forms.Button btnGetValues; - private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblDate; - private System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker dtpDate; - } -} - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.cs b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.cs deleted file mode 100644 index c3d1e1564..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,179 +0,0 @@ -using System; -using System.Collections.Generic; -using System.ComponentModel; -using System.Data; -using System.Drawing; -using System.Linq; -using System.Text; -using System.Windows.Forms; -using Hid; - -namespace Project1HostApp -{ - public partial class frmDataloggerSettings : Form - { - private const int DEVICE_VID = 0x03EB; - private const int DEVICE_PID = 0x2063; - - private struct Device_Report_t - { - public Byte Day; - public Byte Month; - public Byte Year; - - public Byte Hour; - public Byte Minute; - public Byte Second; - - public Byte LogInterval500MS; - - public Byte[] ToReport() - { - Byte[] Report = new Byte[7]; - - Report[0] = this.Hour; - Report[1] = this.Minute; - Report[2] = this.Second; - Report[3] = this.Day; - Report[4] = this.Month; - Report[5] = this.Year; - Report[6] = this.LogInterval500MS; - - return Report; - } - - public void FromReport(Byte[] Report) - { - this.Hour = Report[0]; - this.Minute = Report[1]; - this.Second = Report[2]; - this.Day = Report[3]; - this.Month = Report[4]; - this.Year = Report[5]; - this.LogInterval500MS = Report[6]; - } - }; - - private IDevice GetDeviceConnection() - { - IDevice[] ConnectedDevices = DeviceFactory.Enumerate(DEVICE_VID, DEVICE_PID); - IDevice ConnectionHandle = null; - - if (ConnectedDevices.Count() > 0) - ConnectionHandle = ConnectedDevices[0]; - else - return null; - - // Fix report handle under Windows - if (ConnectionHandle is Hid.Win32.Win32DeviceSet) - { - ((Hid.Win32.Win32DeviceSet)ConnectionHandle).AddDevice(0x00, - ((Hid.Win32.Win32DeviceSet)ConnectionHandle).UnallocatedDevices[0]); - } - - return ConnectionHandle; - } - - public frmDataloggerSettings() - { - InitializeComponent(); - } - - private void btnSetValues_Click(object sender, EventArgs e) - { - IDevice ConnectionHandle = GetDeviceConnection(); - - if (ConnectionHandle == null) - { - MessageBox.Show("Error: Cannot connect to Datalogger device."); - return; - } - - Device_Report_t DeviceReport = new Device_Report_t(); - DeviceReport.Day = (byte)dtpDate.Value.Day; - DeviceReport.Month = (byte)dtpDate.Value.Month; - DeviceReport.Year = (byte)((dtpDate.Value.Year < 2000) ? 0 : (dtpDate.Value.Year - 2000)); - DeviceReport.Hour = (byte)dtpTime.Value.Hour; - DeviceReport.Minute = (byte)dtpTime.Value.Minute; - DeviceReport.Second = (byte)dtpTime.Value.Second; - DeviceReport.LogInterval500MS = (byte)(nudLogInterval.Value * 2); - - try - { - ConnectionHandle.Write(0x00, DeviceReport.ToReport()); - MessageBox.Show("Device parameters updated successfully."); - } - catch (Exception ex) - { - MessageBox.Show("Error: " + ex.Message); - } - } - - private void btnGetValues_Click(object sender, EventArgs e) - { - IDevice ConnectionHandle = GetDeviceConnection(); - - if (ConnectionHandle == null) - { - MessageBox.Show("Error: Cannot connect to Datalogger device."); - return; - } - - Device_Report_t DeviceReport = new Device_Report_t(); - - try - { - Byte[] Report = new Byte[7]; - - ConnectionHandle.Read(0x00, Report); - DeviceReport.FromReport(Report); - String msgText = "Device parameters retrieved successfully."; - - try - { - dtpDate.Value = new DateTime( - (2000 + DeviceReport.Year), - DeviceReport.Month, - DeviceReport.Day); - - dtpTime.Value = new DateTime( - DateTime.Now.Year, DateTime.Now.Month, DateTime.Now.Day, - DeviceReport.Hour, - DeviceReport.Minute, - DeviceReport.Second); - } - catch (Exception ex) - { - msgText = "Problem reading device:\n" + - ex.Message + - "\nY:" + DeviceReport.Year.ToString() + - " M:" + DeviceReport.Month.ToString() + - " D:" + DeviceReport.Day.ToString() + - "\n\nUsing current date and time."; - dtpDate.Value = DateTime.Now; - dtpTime.Value = DateTime.Now; - } - - try - { - nudLogInterval.Value = (DeviceReport.LogInterval500MS / 2); - } - catch (Exception ex) - { - nudLogInterval.Value = nudLogInterval.Minimum; - } - - MessageBox.Show(msgText); - } - catch (Exception ex) - { - MessageBox.Show("Error: " + ex.Message); - } - } - - private void frmDataloggerSettings_Load(object sender, EventArgs e) - { - - } - } -} diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.resx b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.resx deleted file mode 100644 index 19dc0dd8b..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.resx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,120 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> -<root> - <!-- - Microsoft ResX Schema - - Version 2.0 - - The primary goals of this format is to allow a simple XML format - that is mostly human readable. The generation and parsing of the - various data types are done through the TypeConverter classes - associated with the data types. - - Example: - - ... ado.net/XML headers & schema ... - <resheader name="resmimetype">text/microsoft-resx</resheader> - <resheader name="version">2.0</resheader> - <resheader name="reader">System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader> - <resheader name="writer">System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader> - <data name="Name1"><value>this is my long string</value><comment>this is a comment</comment></data> - <data name="Color1" type="System.Drawing.Color, System.Drawing">Blue</data> - <data name="Bitmap1" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64"> - <value>[base64 mime encoded serialized .NET Framework object]</value> - </data> - <data name="Icon1" type="System.Drawing.Icon, System.Drawing" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64"> - <value>[base64 mime encoded string representing a byte array form of the .NET Framework object]</value> - <comment>This is a comment</comment> - </data> - - There are any number of "resheader" rows that contain simple - name/value pairs. - - Each data row contains a name, and value. The row also contains a - type or mimetype. Type corresponds to a .NET class that support - text/value conversion through the TypeConverter architecture. - Classes that don't support this are serialized and stored with the - mimetype set. - - The mimetype is used for serialized objects, and tells the - ResXResourceReader how to depersist the object. This is currently not - extensible. For a given mimetype the value must be set accordingly: - - Note - application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64 is the format - that the ResXResourceWriter will generate, however the reader can - read any of the formats listed below. - - mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64 - value : The object must be serialized with - : System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Binary.BinaryFormatter - : and then encoded with base64 encoding. - - mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.soap.base64 - value : The object must be serialized with - : System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Soap.SoapFormatter - : and then encoded with base64 encoding. - - mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64 - value : The object must be serialized into a byte array - : using a System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter - : and then encoded with base64 encoding. - --> - <xsd:schema id="root" xmlns="" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:msdata="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:xml-msdata"> - <xsd:import namespace="http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespace" /> - <xsd:element name="root" msdata:IsDataSet="true"> - <xsd:complexType> - <xsd:choice maxOccurs="unbounded"> - <xsd:element name="metadata"> - <xsd:complexType> - <xsd:sequence> - <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" /> - </xsd:sequence> - <xsd:attribute name="name" use="required" type="xsd:string" /> - <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" /> - <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" /> - <xsd:attribute ref="xml:space" /> - </xsd:complexType> - </xsd:element> - <xsd:element name="assembly"> - <xsd:complexType> - <xsd:attribute name="alias" type="xsd:string" /> - <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" /> - </xsd:complexType> - </xsd:element> - <xsd:element name="data"> - <xsd:complexType> - <xsd:sequence> - <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" /> - <xsd:element name="comment" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="2" /> - </xsd:sequence> - <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" msdata:Ordinal="1" /> - <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="3" /> - <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="4" /> - <xsd:attribute ref="xml:space" /> - </xsd:complexType> - </xsd:element> - <xsd:element name="resheader"> - <xsd:complexType> - <xsd:sequence> - <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" /> - </xsd:sequence> - <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" /> - </xsd:complexType> - </xsd:element> - </xsd:choice> - </xsd:complexType> - </xsd:element> - </xsd:schema> - <resheader name="resmimetype"> - <value>text/microsoft-resx</value> - </resheader> - <resheader name="version"> - <value>2.0</value> - </resheader> - <resheader name="reader"> - <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value> - </resheader> - <resheader name="writer"> - <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value> - </resheader> -</root>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Linux.dll b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Linux.dll Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 4c19edd21..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Linux.dll +++ /dev/null diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Net.dll b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Net.dll Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 2a7112fc0..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Net.dll +++ /dev/null diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Win32.dll b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Win32.dll Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 3693c6ca0..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Win32.dll +++ /dev/null diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Program.cs b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Program.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 2588e60c1..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Program.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -using System; -using System.Collections.Generic; -using System.Linq; -using System.Windows.Forms; - -namespace Project1HostApp -{ - static class Program - { - /// <summary> - /// The main entry point for the application. - /// </summary> - [STAThread] - static void Main() - { - Application.EnableVisualStyles(); - Application.SetCompatibleTextRenderingDefault(false); - Application.Run(new frmDataloggerSettings()); - } - } -} diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs deleted file mode 100644 index a4d0ab1d5..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ -using System.Reflection; -using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; -using System.Runtime.InteropServices; - -// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following -// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information -// associated with an assembly. -[assembly: AssemblyTitle("TempDataLoggerHostApp")] -[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")] -[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Dean Camera")] -[assembly: AssemblyProduct("Temp Datalogger HostApp")] -[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © Dean Camera 2011")] -[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] - -// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible -// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from -// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. -[assembly: ComVisible(false)] - -// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM -[assembly: Guid("f41d67c7-13b2-4710-9e0f-f78e7f2bf2e9")] - -// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: -// -// Major Version -// Minor Version -// Build Number -// Revision -// -// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers -// by using the '*' as shown below: -// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")] -[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")] -[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 63b1af40d..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,63 +0,0 @@ -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -// <auto-generated> -// This code was generated by a tool. -// Runtime Version:4.0.30319.239 -// -// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if -// the code is regenerated. -// </auto-generated> -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -namespace TemperatureLoggerHostApp.Properties { - using System; - - - /// <summary> - /// A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. - /// </summary> - // This class was auto-generated by the StronglyTypedResourceBuilder - // class via a tool like ResGen or Visual Studio. - // To add or remove a member, edit your .ResX file then rerun ResGen - // with the /str option, or rebuild your VS project. - [global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("System.Resources.Tools.StronglyTypedResourceBuilder", "4.0.0.0")] - [global::System.Diagnostics.DebuggerNonUserCodeAttribute()] - [global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()] - internal class Resources { - - private static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager resourceMan; - - private static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo resourceCulture; - - [global::System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis.SuppressMessageAttribute("Microsoft.Performance", "CA1811:AvoidUncalledPrivateCode")] - internal Resources() { - } - - /// <summary> - /// Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. - /// </summary> - [global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)] - internal static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager ResourceManager { - get { - if (object.ReferenceEquals(resourceMan, null)) { - global::System.Resources.ResourceManager temp = new global::System.Resources.ResourceManager("TemperatureLoggerHostApp.Properties.Resources", typeof(Resources).Assembly); - resourceMan = temp; - } - return resourceMan; - } - } - - /// <summary> - /// Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all - /// resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. - /// </summary> - [global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)] - internal static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo Culture { - get { - return resourceCulture; - } - set { - resourceCulture = value; - } - } - } -} diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.resx b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.resx deleted file mode 100644 index af7dbebba..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.resx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,117 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> -<root> - <!-- - Microsoft ResX Schema - - Version 2.0 - - The primary goals of this format is to allow a simple XML format - that is mostly human readable. The generation and parsing of the - various data types are done through the TypeConverter classes - associated with the data types. - - Example: - - ... ado.net/XML headers & schema ... - <resheader name="resmimetype">text/microsoft-resx</resheader> - <resheader name="version">2.0</resheader> - <resheader name="reader">System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader> - <resheader name="writer">System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader> - <data name="Name1"><value>this is my long string</value><comment>this is a comment</comment></data> - <data name="Color1" type="System.Drawing.Color, System.Drawing">Blue</data> - <data name="Bitmap1" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64"> - <value>[base64 mime encoded serialized .NET Framework object]</value> - </data> - <data name="Icon1" type="System.Drawing.Icon, System.Drawing" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64"> - <value>[base64 mime encoded string representing a byte array form of the .NET Framework object]</value> - <comment>This is a comment</comment> - </data> - - There are any number of "resheader" rows that contain simple - name/value pairs. - - Each data row contains a name, and value. The row also contains a - type or mimetype. Type corresponds to a .NET class that support - text/value conversion through the TypeConverter architecture. - Classes that don't support this are serialized and stored with the - mimetype set. - - The mimetype is used for serialized objects, and tells the - ResXResourceReader how to depersist the object. This is currently not - extensible. For a given mimetype the value must be set accordingly: - - Note - application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64 is the format - that the ResXResourceWriter will generate, however the reader can - read any of the formats listed below. - - mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64 - value : The object must be serialized with - : System.Serialization.Formatters.Binary.BinaryFormatter - : and then encoded with base64 encoding. - - mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.soap.base64 - value : The object must be serialized with - : System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Soap.SoapFormatter - : and then encoded with base64 encoding. - - mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64 - value : The object must be serialized into a byte array - : using a System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter - : and then encoded with base64 encoding. - --> - <xsd:schema id="root" xmlns="" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:msdata="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:xml-msdata"> - <xsd:element name="root" msdata:IsDataSet="true"> - <xsd:complexType> - <xsd:choice maxOccurs="unbounded"> - <xsd:element name="metadata"> - <xsd:complexType> - <xsd:sequence> - <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" /> - </xsd:sequence> - <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" /> - <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" /> - <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" /> - </xsd:complexType> - </xsd:element> - <xsd:element name="assembly"> - <xsd:complexType> - <xsd:attribute name="alias" type="xsd:string" /> - <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" /> - </xsd:complexType> - </xsd:element> - <xsd:element name="data"> - <xsd:complexType> - <xsd:sequence> - <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" /> - <xsd:element name="comment" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="2" /> - </xsd:sequence> - <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="1" /> - <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="3" /> - <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="4" /> - </xsd:complexType> - </xsd:element> - <xsd:element name="resheader"> - <xsd:complexType> - <xsd:sequence> - <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" /> - </xsd:sequence> - <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" /> - </xsd:complexType> - </xsd:element> - </xsd:choice> - </xsd:complexType> - </xsd:element> - </xsd:schema> - <resheader name="resmimetype"> - <value>text/microsoft-resx</value> - </resheader> - <resheader name="version"> - <value>2.0</value> - </resheader> - <resheader name="reader"> - <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value> - </resheader> - <resheader name="writer"> - <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value> - </resheader> -</root>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 95fc3ad58..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -// <auto-generated> -// This code was generated by a tool. -// Runtime Version:4.0.30319.239 -// -// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if -// the code is regenerated. -// </auto-generated> -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -namespace TemperatureLoggerHostApp.Properties { - - - [global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()] - [global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("Microsoft.VisualStudio.Editors.SettingsDesigner.SettingsSingleFileGenerator", "10.0.0.0")] - internal sealed partial class Settings : global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase { - - private static Settings defaultInstance = ((Settings)(global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase.Synchronized(new Settings()))); - - public static Settings Default { - get { - return defaultInstance; - } - } - } -} diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.settings b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.settings deleted file mode 100644 index 39645652a..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.settings +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> -<SettingsFile xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/VisualStudio/2004/01/settings" CurrentProfile="(Default)"> - <Profiles> - <Profile Name="(Default)" /> - </Profiles> - <Settings /> -</SettingsFile> diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/README.txt b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/README.txt deleted file mode 100644 index ab6b9a83a..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/README.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -http://en.sourceforge.jp/projects/sfnet_libhidnet/ - -This library has been tested on Windows Vista 32bit, Windows Vista 64bit, -Windows XP 32bit and Debian (Lenny) AMD64 but should work on any version of -Windows that can run the .NET framework 2.0 and any other operating system -that has both hiddev and Mono. - -Any additions must be tested and work on Windows and Linux, on both 32 and -64 bit. Windows 64 bit testing is particularly important as it is often -neglected. - - -Hid.Linux.dll was compiled under Linux with Mono (mcs) and uses no generics. - -Hid.Win32.dll and Hid.Net.dll were compiled under Windows with the .NET -Framework v2.0.50727 but are also tested to compile with Mono (gmcs). - - -A good starting point when using this library is Hid.DeviceFactory's Enumerate -methods. - -LogitechMX5000.cs is a simple example of how the library can be used. Other -examples on common devices are welcomed. - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/TempLoggerHostApp.csproj b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/TempLoggerHostApp.csproj deleted file mode 100644 index 8517d6f42..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/TempLoggerHostApp.csproj +++ /dev/null @@ -1,99 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> -<Project ToolsVersion="4.0" DefaultTargets="Build" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003"> - <PropertyGroup> - <Configuration Condition=" '$(Configuration)' == '' ">Debug</Configuration> - <Platform Condition=" '$(Platform)' == '' ">AnyCPU</Platform> - <ProductVersion>9.0.21022</ProductVersion> - <SchemaVersion>2.0</SchemaVersion> - <ProjectGuid>{A2D66069-8CF9-4104-828C-49A73D7DB5D1}</ProjectGuid> - <OutputType>WinExe</OutputType> - <AppDesignerFolder>Properties</AppDesignerFolder> - <RootNamespace>TemperatureLoggerHostApp</RootNamespace> - <AssemblyName>TemperatureLoggerHostApp</AssemblyName> - <TargetFrameworkVersion>v3.5</TargetFrameworkVersion> - <FileAlignment>512</FileAlignment> - <FileUpgradeFlags> - </FileUpgradeFlags> - <OldToolsVersion>3.5</OldToolsVersion> - <UpgradeBackupLocation /> - </PropertyGroup> - <PropertyGroup Condition=" '$(Configuration)|$(Platform)' == 'Debug|AnyCPU' "> - <DebugSymbols>true</DebugSymbols> - <DebugType>full</DebugType> - <Optimize>false</Optimize> - <OutputPath>bin\Debug\</OutputPath> - <DefineConstants>DEBUG;TRACE</DefineConstants> - <ErrorReport>prompt</ErrorReport> - <WarningLevel>4</WarningLevel> - </PropertyGroup> - <PropertyGroup Condition=" '$(Configuration)|$(Platform)' == 'Release|AnyCPU' "> - <DebugType>pdbonly</DebugType> - <Optimize>true</Optimize> - <OutputPath>bin\Release\</OutputPath> - <DefineConstants>TRACE</DefineConstants> - <ErrorReport>prompt</ErrorReport> - <WarningLevel>4</WarningLevel> - </PropertyGroup> - <ItemGroup> - <Reference Include="Hid.Net, Version=1.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, processorArchitecture=MSIL"> - <SpecificVersion>False</SpecificVersion> - <HintPath>.\Hid.Net.dll</HintPath> - </Reference> - <Reference Include="System" /> - <Reference Include="System.Core"> - <RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework> - </Reference> - <Reference Include="System.Xml.Linq"> - <RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework> - </Reference> - <Reference Include="System.Data.DataSetExtensions"> - <RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework> - </Reference> - <Reference Include="System.Data" /> - <Reference Include="System.Deployment" /> - <Reference Include="System.Drawing" /> - <Reference Include="System.Windows.Forms" /> - <Reference Include="System.Xml" /> - </ItemGroup> - <ItemGroup> - <Compile Include="DataLoggerSettings.cs"> - <SubType>Form</SubType> - </Compile> - <Compile Include="DataLoggerSettings.Designer.cs"> - <DependentUpon>DataLoggerSettings.cs</DependentUpon> - </Compile> - <Compile Include="Program.cs" /> - <Compile Include="Properties\AssemblyInfo.cs" /> - <EmbeddedResource Include="DataLoggerSettings.resx"> - <DependentUpon>DataLoggerSettings.cs</DependentUpon> - <SubType>Designer</SubType> - </EmbeddedResource> - <EmbeddedResource Include="Properties\Resources.resx"> - <Generator>ResXFileCodeGenerator</Generator> - <LastGenOutput>Resources.Designer.cs</LastGenOutput> - <SubType>Designer</SubType> - </EmbeddedResource> - <Compile Include="Properties\Resources.Designer.cs"> - <AutoGen>True</AutoGen> - <DependentUpon>Resources.resx</DependentUpon> - <DesignTime>True</DesignTime> - </Compile> - <None Include="Properties\Settings.settings"> - <Generator>SettingsSingleFileGenerator</Generator> - <LastGenOutput>Settings.Designer.cs</LastGenOutput> - </None> - <Compile Include="Properties\Settings.Designer.cs"> - <AutoGen>True</AutoGen> - <DependentUpon>Settings.settings</DependentUpon> - <DesignTimeSharedInput>True</DesignTimeSharedInput> - </Compile> - </ItemGroup> - <Import Project="$(MSBuildToolsPath)\Microsoft.CSharp.targets" /> - <!-- To modify your build process, add your task inside one of the targets below and uncomment it. - Other similar extension points exist, see Microsoft.Common.targets. - <Target Name="BeforeBuild"> - </Target> - <Target Name="AfterBuild"> - </Target> - --> -</Project>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp_Python/temp_log_config.py b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp_Python/temp_log_config.py deleted file mode 100644 index fdb4ad9b6..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp_Python/temp_log_config.py +++ /dev/null @@ -1,99 +0,0 @@ -""" - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -""" - -""" - Front-end configuration app for the TempDataLogger project. This script - configures the logger to the current system time and date, with a user - defined logging interval. - - The logging interval should be specified in milliseconds and is rounded to - a multiple of 500ms. - - Usage: - python temp_log_config.py <Log_Interval> - - Example: - python temp_log_config.py 500 - - Requires the pywinusb library (https://pypi.python.org/pypi/pywinusb/). -""" - -import sys -from datetime import datetime -import pywinusb.hid as hid - -# Generic HID device VID, PID and report payload length (length is increased -# by one to account for the Report ID byte that must be pre-pended) -device_vid = 0x03EB -device_pid = 0x2063 -report_length = 1 + 7 - - -def get_hid_device_handle(): - hid_device_filter = hid.HidDeviceFilter(vendor_id=device_vid, - product_id=device_pid) - - valid_hid_devices = hid_device_filter.get_devices() - - if len(valid_hid_devices) is 0: - return None - else: - return valid_hid_devices[0] - - -def configure_temp_log_device(device, time_date, log_interval_500ms): - # Report data for the demo is the report ID (always zero) - report_data = [0] - - # Followed by the time/date data - report_data.extend([time_date.hour, time_date.minute, - time_date.second, time_date.day, - time_date.month, time_date.year - 2000]) - - # Lastly the log interval in 500ms units of time - report_data.extend([log_interval_500ms]) - - # Zero-extend the array to the length the report should be - report_data.extend([0] * (report_length - len(report_data))) - - # Send the generated report to the device - device.send_output_report(report_data) - - -def main(time_date, log_interval_500ms): - hid_device = get_hid_device_handle() - - if hid_device is None: - print("No valid HID device found.") - sys.exit(1) - - try: - hid_device.open() - - print("Connected to device 0x%04X/0x%04X - %s [%s]" % - (hid_device.vendor_id, hid_device.product_id, - hid_device.product_name, hid_device.vendor_name)) - - configure_temp_log_device(hid_device, time_date, log_interval_500ms) - - print("Time/Date is now set to %s" % time_date) - print("Log interval is now set to every %0.1fs" % (log_interval_500ms * (500.0 / 1000.0))) - - finally: - hid_device.close() - - -if __name__ == '__main__': - time_date = datetime.now() - log_interval_500ms = (int(sys.argv[1]) / 500) if len(sys.argv) > 1 else 2 - - # Clamp the log interval to the allowable range - log_interval_500ms = max(log_interval_500ms, 0x01) - log_interval_500ms = min(log_interval_500ms, 0xFF) - - main(time_date, log_interval_500ms) diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TemperatureDataLogger.txt b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TemperatureDataLogger.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 4d4e0b5e8..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TemperatureDataLogger.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@ -/** \file - * - * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special - * documentation pages. It is not a project source file. - */ - -/** \mainpage Temperature Datalogger Project - * - * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility: - * - * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo. - * - * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7) - * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6) - * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4) - <i>those with >16KB of FLASH memory only</i> - * - * \section Sec_Info USB Information: - * - * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo. - * - * <table> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td> - * <td>Device</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Classes:</b></td> - * <td>Mass Storage Device \n - * Human Interface Device</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Subclasses:</b></td> - * <td>Bulk-Only Transport \n - * Keyboard Subclass</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td> - * <td>USBIF Mass Storage Standard \n - * USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard \n - * SCSI Primary Commands Specification \n - * SCSI Block Commands Specification \n - * USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td> - * <td>Full Speed Mode</td> - * </tr> - * </table> - * - * \section Sec_Description Project Description: - * - * Temperature Data Logger project. This project is a very basic USB data logger for the current temperature as reported by - * the board's temperature sensor, writing the temperature to a file stored on the board's Dataflash in a FAT filesystem - * each time a specified interval elapses. When inserted into a PC, the datalogger will appear as a standard USB Mass Storage - * device with a single text file, which contains the logged data. Files are named according to the current date when the - * logging commences. - * - * A DS1307 or compatible RTC IC is designed to be attached to the AVR's TWI bus, for the management of timestamps on the - * sampled data. This project will not function correctly if the RTC chip is omitted unless the DUMMY_RTC compile time token - * is specified - see \ref Sec_Options. - * - * Due to the host's need for exclusive access to the file system, the device will not log samples while connected to a host. - * For the logger to store data, the Dataflash must first be formatted by the host so that it contains a valid FAT file system. - * - * This project uses the FatFS library from ELM Chan (http://elm-chan.org/fsw/ff/00index_e.html) and the .NET HID device library - * LibHIDNet (http://sourceforge.net/projects/libhidnet/). - * - * \section Sec_Options Project Options - * - * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value. - * - * <table> - * <tr> - * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th> - * <th><b>Location:</b></th> - * <th><b>Description:</b></th> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>DUMMY_RTC</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>When a DS1307 RTC chip is not fitted, this token can be defined to make the demo use a dummy software RTC using the system - * clock. This is less accurate and does not store the set time and date into non-volatile memory.</td> - * </tr> - * </table> - */ - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/asf.xml deleted file mode 100644 index ca08c55b4..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/asf.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,72 +0,0 @@ -<asf xmlversion="1.0"> - <project caption="Temperature Datalogger" id="lufa.projects.temp_datalogger.avr8"> - <require idref="lufa.projects.temp_datalogger"/> - <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/> - <generator value="as5_8"/> - - <device-support value="at90usb1287"/> - <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/> - - <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/> - <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/> - </project> - - <module type="application" id="lufa.projects.temp_datalogger" caption="Temperature Datalogger"> - <info type="description" value="summary"> - Temperature Datalogger project. - </info> - - <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/> - - <info type="keyword" value="Technology"> - <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/> - <keyword value="USB Device"/> - <keyword value="HID Class"/> - <keyword value="Mass Storage Class"/> - </info> - - <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/> - <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/> - <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/> - - <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/> - <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="TemperatureDataLogger.txt"/> - <build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="TempLogHostApp"/> - <build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="TempLogHostApp_Python"/> - - <build type="c-source" value="TempDataLogger.c"/> - <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/> - <build type="header-file" value="TempDataLogger.h"/> - <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/> - - <build type="c-source" value="Lib/DataflashManager.c"/> - <build type="header-file" value="Lib/DataflashManager.h"/> - <build type="c-source" value="Lib/RTC.c"/> - <build type="header-file" value="Lib/RTC.h"/> - <build type="c-source" value="Lib/SCSI.c"/> - <build type="header-file" value="Lib/SCSI.h"/> - - <build type="include-path" value="Lib/FATFs/"/> - <build type="c-source" value="Lib/FATFs/ff.c"/> - <build type="header-file" value="Lib/FATFs/ff.h"/> - <build type="c-source" value="Lib/FATFs/diskio.c"/> - <build type="header-file" value="Lib/FATFs/diskio.h"/> - <build type="header-file" value="Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h"/> - <build type="header-file" value="Lib/FATFs/integer.h"/> - - <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/> - <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/> - <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/> - <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/> - - <require idref="lufa.common"/> - <require idref="lufa.platform"/> - <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/> - <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/> - <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/> - <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.temperature"/> - <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/> - <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc"/> - <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.twi"/> - </module> -</asf> diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/doxyfile deleted file mode 100644 index 395984174..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/doxyfile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2397 +0,0 @@ -# Doxyfile 1.8.9 - -# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system -# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project. -# -# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in -# front of the TAG it is preceding. -# -# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored. -# The format is: -# TAG = value [value, ...] -# For lists, items can also be appended using: -# TAG += value [value, ...] -# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \"). - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Project related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file -# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text -# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv -# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv -# for the list of possible encodings. -# The default value is: UTF-8. - -DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by -# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the -# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the -# title of most generated pages and in a few other places. -# The default value is: My Project. - -PROJECT_NAME = "Temperature Datalogger Project" - -# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This -# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version -# control system is used. - -PROJECT_NUMBER = - -# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description -# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a -# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short. - -PROJECT_BRIEF = - -# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included -# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 -# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy -# the logo to the output directory. - -PROJECT_LOGO = - -# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path -# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is -# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If -# left blank the current directory will be used. - -OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/ - -# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub- -# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and -# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this -# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where -# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes -# performance problems for the file system. -# The default value is: NO. - -CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO - -# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII -# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII -# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode -# U+3044. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO - -# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all -# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this -# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. -# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, -# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States), -# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, -# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), -# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian, -# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, -# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish, -# Ukrainian and Vietnamese. -# The default value is: English. - -OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English - -# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member -# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class -# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this. -# The default value is: YES. - -BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES - -# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief -# description of a member or function before the detailed description -# -# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the -# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. -# The default value is: YES. - -REPEAT_BRIEF = YES - -# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is -# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found -# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text -# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated -# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the -# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of -# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides, -# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the. - -ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ - "The $name widget" \ - "The $name file" \ - is \ - provides \ - specifies \ - contains \ - represents \ - a \ - an \ - the - -# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then -# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief -# description. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO - -# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all -# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those -# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment -# operators of the base classes will not be shown. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO - -# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path -# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the -# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used -# The default value is: YES. - -FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES - -# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. -# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand -# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. -# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to -# strip. -# -# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which -# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started. -# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES. - -STRIP_FROM_PATH = - -# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the -# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which -# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of -# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should -# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler -# using the -I flag. - -STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = - -# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but -# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't -# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. -# The default value is: NO. - -SHORT_NAMES = YES - -# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the -# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief -# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt- -# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief -# description.) -# The default value is: NO. - -JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first -# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If -# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus -# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) -# The default value is: NO. - -QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a -# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as -# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is -# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this -# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead. -# -# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are -# not recognized any more. -# The default value is: NO. - -MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO - -# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the -# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements. -# The default value is: YES. - -INHERIT_DOCS = YES - -# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new -# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part -# of the file/class/namespace that contains it. -# The default value is: NO. - -SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO - -# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen -# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. -# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4. - -TAB_SIZE = 4 - -# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in -# the documentation. An alias has the form: -# name=value -# For example adding -# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n" -# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the -# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading -# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert -# newlines. - -ALIASES = - -# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only). -# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class" -# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning. - -TCL_SUBST = - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources -# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For -# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all -# members will be omitted, etc. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or -# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored -# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, -# qualified scopes will look different, etc. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran -# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL -# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO - -# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it -# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given -# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it -# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and -# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, -# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran: -# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran: -# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed -# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For -# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), -# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. -# -# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder. -# -# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise -# the files are not read by doxygen. - -EXTENSION_MAPPING = - -# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments -# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable -# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details. -# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can -# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in -# case of backward compatibilities issues. -# The default value is: YES. - -MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO - -# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented -# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can -# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or -# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO. -# The default value is: YES. - -AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES - -# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want -# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this -# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and -# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); -# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration -# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. -# The default value is: NO. - -BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO - -# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to -# enable parsing support. -# The default value is: NO. - -CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO - -# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see: -# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen -# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead -# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. -# The default value is: NO. - -SIP_SUPPORT = NO - -# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate -# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make -# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation. -# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple -# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you -# should set this option to NO. -# The default value is: YES. - -IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES - -# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC -# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first -# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default -# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. -# The default value is: NO. - -DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO - -# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type -# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that -# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent -# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the -# \nosubgrouping command. -# The default value is: YES. - -SUBGROUPING = YES - -# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions -# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup) -# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX -# and RTF). -# -# Note that this feature does not work in combination with -# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO - -# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions -# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in -# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, -# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set -# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and -# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF). -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO - -# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or -# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So -# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct -# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, -# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be -# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound -# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. -# The default value is: NO. - -TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO - -# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This -# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be -# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the -# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small -# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The -# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range -# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536 -# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest -# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0. - -LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0 - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Build related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in -# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private -# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the -# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES. -# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are -# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_ALL = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will -# be included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal -# scope will be included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO - -# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be -# included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_STATIC = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined -# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO, -# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect -# for Java sources. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES - -# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods, -# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are -# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are -# included. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO - -# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be -# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called -# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of -# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace -# are hidden. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all -# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these -# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation -# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all -# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set -# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option -# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO - -# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend -# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be -# included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO - -# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any -# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these -# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO - -# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a -# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation -# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -INTERNAL_DOCS = NO - -# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file -# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also -# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ -# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows -# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. -# The default value is: system dependent. - -CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO - -# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with -# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the -# scope will be hidden. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO - -# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will -# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to -# YES the compound reference will be hidden. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO - -# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of -# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file. -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES - -# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each -# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader -# which file to include in order to use the member. -# The default value is: NO. - -SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO - -# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include -# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets. -# The default value is: NO. - -FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO - -# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the -# documentation for inline members. -# The default value is: YES. - -INLINE_INFO = YES - -# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member -# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. -# The default value is: YES. - -SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES - -# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief -# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member -# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that -# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO - -# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and -# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the -# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS. -# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief -# member documentation. -# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting -# detailed member documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO - -# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy -# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will -# appear in their defined order. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO - -# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by -# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will -# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part. -# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. -# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical -# list. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO - -# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper -# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between -# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is -# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a -# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still -# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases. -# The default value is: NO. - -STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO - -# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo -# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test -# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug -# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) -# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in -# the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES - -# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation -# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label> -# ... \endcond blocks. - -ENABLED_SECTIONS = - -# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the -# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the -# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here -# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The -# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be -# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the -# documentation regardless of this setting. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30. - -MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 - -# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at -# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the -# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_USED_FILES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This -# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View -# (if specified). -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_FILES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces -# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the -# Folder Tree View (if specified). -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES - -# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that -# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from -# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via -# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the -# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided -# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file -# version. For an example see the documentation. - -FILE_VERSION_FILTER = - -# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed -# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated -# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file -# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can -# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml -# will be used as the name of the layout file. -# -# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called -# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE -# tag is left empty. - -LAYOUT_FILE = - -# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing -# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib -# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool -# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. -# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using -# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the -# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references. - -CITE_BIB_FILES = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to -# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the -# messages are off. -# The default value is: NO. - -QUIET = YES - -# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are -# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES -# this implies that the warnings are on. -# -# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARNINGS = YES - -# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate -# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag -# will automatically be disabled. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES - -# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for -# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters -# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using -# markup commands wrongly. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES - -# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that -# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return -# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete -# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES - -# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen -# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which -# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated -# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will -# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via -# FILE_VERSION_FILTER) -# The default value is: $file:$line: $text. - -WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" - -# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error -# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard -# error (stderr). - -WARN_LOGFILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the input files -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain -# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or -# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with -# spaces. -# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched. - -INPUT = ./ - -# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files -# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses -# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv -# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of -# possible encodings. -# The default value is: UTF-8. - -INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and -# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the -# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii, -# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp, -# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown, -# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf, -# *.qsf, *.as and *.js. - -FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ - *.c \ - *.txt - -# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should -# be searched for input files as well. -# The default value is: NO. - -RECURSIVE = YES - -# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be -# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a -# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. -# -# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is -# run. - -EXCLUDE = Documentation/ \ - TempLogHostApp/ \ - TempLogHostApp_Python/ - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or -# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded -# from the input. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude -# certain files from those directories. -# -# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to -# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/* - -EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names -# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the -# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the -# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, -# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test -# -# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to -# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/* - -EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \ - INCLUDE_FROM_* - -# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories -# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include -# command). - -EXAMPLE_PATH = - -# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and -# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all -# files are included. - -EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * - -# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be -# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands -# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO - -# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories -# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the -# \image command). - -IMAGE_PATH = - -# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should -# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program -# by executing (via popen()) the command: -# -# <filter> <input-file> -# -# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the -# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter -# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag -# will be ignored. -# -# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the -# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added -# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly. - -INPUT_FILTER = - -# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern -# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the -# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter -# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how -# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the -# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied. - -FILTER_PATTERNS = - -# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using -# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for -# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). -# The default value is: NO. - -FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO - -# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file -# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and -# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using -# *.ext= (so without naming a filter). -# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES. - -FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS = - -# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that -# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page -# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub -# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output. - -USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to source browsing -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be -# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. -# -# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that -# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. -# The default value is: NO. - -SOURCE_BROWSER = NO - -# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions, -# classes and enums directly into the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_SOURCES = NO - -# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any -# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and -# Fortran comments will always remain visible. -# The default value is: YES. - -STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES - -# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented -# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function -# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -REFERENCES_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set -# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and -# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will -# link to the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO - -# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the -# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype, -# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this -# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you -# can opt to disable this feature. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. - -SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES - -# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will -# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in -# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system -# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version -# 4.8.6 or higher. -# -# To use it do the following: -# - Install the latest version of global -# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file -# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree -# - Run doxygen as normal -# -# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these -# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path). -# -# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to -# source code will now point to the output of htags. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. - -USE_HTAGS = NO - -# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a -# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is -# specified. Set to NO to disable this. -# See also: Section \class. -# The default value is: YES. - -VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO - -# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the -# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the -# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template -# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type -# information. -# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was -# compiled with the --with-libclang option. -# The default value is: NO. - -CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO - -# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command -# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that -# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories -# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH. -# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES. - -CLANG_OPTIONS = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all -# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of -# classes, structs, unions or interfaces. -# The default value is: YES. - -ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES - -# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in -# which the alphabetical index list will be split. -# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5. -# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. - -COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 - -# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will -# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag -# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored -# while generating the index headers. -# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. - -IGNORE_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the HTML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_HTML = YES - -# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: html. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_OUTPUT = html - -# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each -# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp). -# The default value is: .html. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html - -# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for -# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard header. -# -# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets -# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g. -# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a -# default header using -# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css -# YourConfigFile -# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage" -# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally -# uses. -# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the -# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description -# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_HEADER = - -# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each -# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard -# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default -# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also -# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer -# that doxygen normally uses. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_FOOTER = - -# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style -# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of -# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet. -# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style -# sheet that doxygen normally uses. -# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as -# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become -# obsolete. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_STYLESHEET = - -# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined -# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets -# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. -# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the -# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates. -# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. -# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last -# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the -# list). For an example see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = - -# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or -# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note -# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the -# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these -# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the -# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_EXTRA_FILES = - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen -# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to -# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see -# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value -# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 -# purple, and 360 is red again. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220 - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors -# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A -# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100 - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the -# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100 -# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output -# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents -# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not -# change the gamma. -# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80 - -# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML -# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this -# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO - -# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML -# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the -# page has loaded. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES - -# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries -# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand -# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to -# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless -# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of -# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value -# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded -# tree by default. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100 - -# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be -# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development -# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with -# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a -# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in -# that directory and running make install will install the docset in -# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at -# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html -# for more information. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_DOCSET = NO - -# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides -# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider -# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped. -# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" - -# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation -# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g. -# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project - -# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify -# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style -# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher - -# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher. -# The default value is: Publisher. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three -# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The -# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop -# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on -# Windows. -# -# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output -# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML -# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old -# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed -# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for -# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for -# compressed HTML files. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO - -# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm -# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be -# written to the html output directory. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -CHM_FILE = - -# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path -# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty, -# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. -# The file has to be specified with full path. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -HHC_LOCATION = - -# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated -# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -GENERATE_CHI = NO - -# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) -# and project file content. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = - -# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated -# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it -# enables the Previous and Next buttons. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -BINARY_TOC = NO - -# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to -# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -TOC_EXPAND = YES - -# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and -# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that -# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help -# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_QHP = NO - -# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify -# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to -# the HTML output folder. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QCH_FILE = - -# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help -# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace -# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace). -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project - -# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt -# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual -# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual- -# folders). -# The default value is: doc. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc - -# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom -# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom -# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- -# filters). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME = - -# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the -# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom -# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- -# filters). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS = - -# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this -# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see: -# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS = - -# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's -# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the -# generated .qhp file. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHG_LOCATION = - -# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be -# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To -# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in -# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs -# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory -# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. -# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO - -# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin -# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this -# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES. - -ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project - -# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might -# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The -# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top -# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables -# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation -# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -DISABLE_INDEX = YES - -# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index -# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag -# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like -# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this -# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required -# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the -# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can -# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style -# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at -# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has -# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting -# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES - -# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that -# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. -# -# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing -# in the overview section. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1 - -# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used -# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 - -# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to -# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO - -# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in -# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful -# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML -# output directory to force them to be regenerated. -# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 - -# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images -# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not -# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers. -# -# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in -# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES - -# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see -# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering -# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX -# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When -# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path -# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -USE_MATHJAX = NO - -# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for -# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see: -# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. -# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best -# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG. -# The default value is: HTML-CSS. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS - -# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML -# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory -# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory -# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then -# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax -# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing -# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of -# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment. -# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest - -# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax -# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example -# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = - -# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces -# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site -# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an -# example see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_CODEFILE = - -# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for -# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and -# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help -# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET) -# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled. -# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then -# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to -# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S -# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically -# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down -# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated -# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel -# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the -# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys> -# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter -# option. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -SEARCHENGINE = NO - -# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be -# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There -# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH -# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and -# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing -# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section -# "External Indexing and Searching" for details. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO - -# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP -# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file -# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an -# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the -# search results. -# -# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine -# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library -# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). -# -# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO - -# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server -# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled. -# -# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine -# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library -# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and -# Searching" for details. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SEARCHENGINE_URL = - -# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed -# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the -# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified. -# The default file is: searchdata.xml. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml - -# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the -# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is -# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple -# projects and redirect the results back to the right project. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID = - -# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen -# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are -# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a -# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of -# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is: -# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ... -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_LATEX = NO - -# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: latex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_OUTPUT = latex - -# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be -# invoked. -# -# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating -# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is -# written to the output directory. -# The default file is: latex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex - -# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate -# index for LaTeX. -# The default file is: makeindex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex - -# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX -# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some -# trees in general. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -COMPACT_LATEX = NO - -# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the -# printer. -# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x -# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches). -# The default value is: a4. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -PAPER_TYPE = a4wide - -# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names -# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for -# instance you can specify -# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times -# If left blank no extra packages will be included. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -EXTRA_PACKAGES = - -# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the -# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first -# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See -# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the -# default header to a separate file. -# -# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The -# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title, -# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber, -# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty -# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred -# to HTML_HEADER. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_HEADER = - -# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the -# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last -# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See -# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what -# special commands can be used inside the footer. -# -# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing! -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_FOOTER = - -# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined -# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created -# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen -# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. -# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last -# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the -# list). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = - -# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or -# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output -# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or -# markers available. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_EXTRA_FILES = - -# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is -# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will -# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This -# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES - -# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate -# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a -# higher quality PDF documentation. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -USE_PDFLATEX = YES - -# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode -# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running -# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used -# when generating formulas in HTML. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO - -# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the -# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO - -# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source -# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output. -# -# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as -# SOURCE_BROWSER. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO - -# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the -# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See -# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info. -# The default value is: plain. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the RTF output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The -# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF -# readers/editors. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_RTF = NO - -# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: rtf. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_OUTPUT = rtf - -# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF -# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some -# trees in general. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -COMPACT_RTF = NO - -# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will -# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML -# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online -# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those -# fields. -# -# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO - -# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config -# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements, -# missing definitions are set to their default value. -# -# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the -# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = - -# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is -# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated -# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = - -# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code -# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output. -# -# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as -# SOURCE_BROWSER. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the man page output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for -# classes and files. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_MAN = NO - -# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by -# MAN_OUTPUT. -# The default directory is: man. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_OUTPUT = man - -# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated -# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number -# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is -# optional. -# The default value is: .3. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_EXTENSION = .3 - -# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within -# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by -# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_SUBDIR = - -# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it -# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real -# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without -# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_LINKS = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the XML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that -# captures the structure of the code including all documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_XML = NO - -# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: xml. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. - -XML_OUTPUT = xml - -# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program -# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to -# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size -# of the XML output. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. - -XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files -# that can be used to generate PDF. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO - -# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in -# front of it. -# The default directory is: docbook. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. - -DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook - -# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the -# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing -# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly -# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. - -DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an -# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the -# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is -# still experimental and incomplete at the moment. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the Perl module output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module -# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation. -# -# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary -# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI -# output from the Perl module output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_LATEX = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely -# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to -# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the -# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it -# just the same. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES - -# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are -# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful -# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't -# overwrite each other's variables. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the preprocessor -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all -# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files. -# The default value is: YES. - -ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names -# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be -# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting -# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -MACRO_EXPANSION = YES - -# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then -# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and -# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES - -# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the -# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES - -# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the -# preprocessor. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_PATH = - -# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard -# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the -# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be -# used. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = - -# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are -# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g. -# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or -# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1" -# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or -# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \ - PROGMEM - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this -# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The -# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED -# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the -# definition found in the source code. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = - -# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will -# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have -# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros -# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not -# removed. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to external references -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag -# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of -# a tag file without this location is as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... -# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... -# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the -# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use -# of tag files. -# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include -# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is -# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. - -TAGFILES = - -# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a -# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to -# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files. - -GENERATE_TAGFILE = - -# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in -# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be -# listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALLEXTERNALS = NO - -# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed -# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be -# listed. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES - -# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in -# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will -# be listed. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES - -# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script -# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl'). -# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl. - -PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the dot tool -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram -# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to -# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT -# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more -# powerful graphs. -# The default value is: YES. - -CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO - -# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc -# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see: -# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the -# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where -# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the -# default search path. - -MSCGEN_PATH = - -# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will -# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The -# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides. -# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path. - -DIA_PATH = - -# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance -# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class. -# The default value is: YES. - -HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES - -# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is -# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see: -# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent -# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is -# set to NO -# The default value is: NO. - -HAVE_DOT = NO - -# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed -# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of -# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value -# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing -# speed. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0 - -# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen -# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make -# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a -# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by -# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font. -# The default value is: Helvetica. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTNAME = - -# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of -# dot graphs. -# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 - -# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with -# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set -# the path where dot can find it using this tag. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTPATH = - -# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for -# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations. -# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CLASS_GRAPH = NO - -# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a -# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation -# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the -# class with other documented classes. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for -# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GROUP_GRAPHS = NO - -# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and -# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling -# Language. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -UML_LOOK = NO - -# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the -# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may -# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the -# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0 -# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit -# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear, -# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to -# 10. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10 - -# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and -# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their -# instances. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO - -# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to -# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the -# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented -# files. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO - -# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are -# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing -# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented -# files. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call -# dependency graph for every global function or class method. -# -# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. -# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected -# functions only using the \callgraph command. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CALL_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller -# dependency graph for every global function or class method. -# -# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. -# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected -# functions only using the \callergraph command. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CALLER_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical -# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO - -# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the -# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The -# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the -# files in the directories. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO - -# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images -# generated by dot. -# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order -# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this -# requirement). -# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg. -# The default value is: png. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png - -# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to -# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning. -# -# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested -# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. -# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make -# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO - -# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be -# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_PATH = - -# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile -# command). -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOTFILE_DIRS = - -# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile -# command). - -MSCFILE_DIRS = - -# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile -# command). - -DIAFILE_DIRS = - -# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the -# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed -# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will -# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and -# will not generate output for the diagram. - -PLANTUML_JAR_PATH = - -# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by -# the !include statement in a plantuml block. - -PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH = - -# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes -# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes -# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized -# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct -# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that -# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15 - -# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs -# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the -# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay -# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1 -# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also -# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2 - -# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent -# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem -# to support this out of the box. -# -# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to -# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to -# read). -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES - -# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output -# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This -# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support -# this, this feature is disabled by default. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO - -# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page -# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated -# graphs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GENERATE_LEGEND = YES - -# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot -# files that are used to generate the various graphs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_CLEANUP = YES diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/makefile b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/makefile deleted file mode 100644 index fea6fea91..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@ -# -# LUFA Library -# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. -# -# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com -# www.lufa-lib.org -# -# -------------------------------------- -# LUFA Project Makefile. -# -------------------------------------- - -# Run "make help" for target help. - -MCU = at90usb1287 -ARCH = AVR8 -BOARD = USBKEY -F_CPU = 8000000 -F_USB = $(F_CPU) -OPTIMIZATION = s -TARGET = TempDataLogger -SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c Lib/DataflashManager.c Lib/RTC.c Lib/SCSI.c Lib/FATFs/diskio.c Lib/FATFs/ff.c \ - $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL) $(LUFA_SRC_TWI) $(LUFA_SRC_TEMPERATURE) -LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA -CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ -LD_FLAGS = - -# Default target -all: - -# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules -DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA -include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk -include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk - -# Include common DMBS build system modules -DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS -include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk -include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk -include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk -include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk -include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk -include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk -include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk -include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk |